Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Page 1 of 1
SolidWorks Tutorials
These tutorials present SolidWorks functionality in an example-based learning format. Read the
Conventions information.
If you are new to the SolidWorks software, familiarize yourself with the tutorials in Getting Started
first. For examples of What's New in SolidWorks for this release, see What's New Examples. All
other tutorials can be completed in any order.
Tutorials by Category
Getting Started
Building Models
Productivity Enhancements
Design Analysis
Tutorials by Focus/Industry
CSWP/CSWA
Preparation
Machine Design
SolidWorks Tutorials
file://C:\Users\bangka\AppData\Local\Temp\~hh4105.htm
06/04/2016
Introduction to SolidWorks
Page 1 of 1
Introduction to SolidWorks
The Introduction to SolidWorks lesson guides you through the creation of a part and a drawing. You create this part
and drawing:
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
My First Part
Page 1 of 1
My First Part
For your first part, you create the pressure plate shown below. A part is a 3D model made up of features.
1.
Click New
Click Part.
3.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
The Front, Top, and Right planes appear in the graphics area.
2.
Move the pointer over the Top plane to highlight it, then click to select it.
The display changes so that the Top plane is facing you. A sketch opens on the Top plane.
3.
Click Circle
4.
. This indicates a coincident relation between the center of the circle and the
5.
6.
Move the mouse and notice a preview of the circle dynamically follows the pointer.
7.
in the PropertyManager.
The size of your sketch entities does not need to be exact. For example, this circle does not need to be
61.3mm. You later add dimensions to specify the size of sketch entities.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Adding Dimensions
Page 1 of 1
Adding Dimensions
Now add a diameter dimension to the circle.
1.
2.
Move the pointer to where you want the dimension and click to add the dimension.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
You exit the sketch when you are done with the 2D profile and are ready to create the 3D cylinder.
The settings for the extrusion appear in the PropertyManager in the left panel.
2.
b.
Set Depth
to 7.
3.
Click
The first feature is complete. Boss-Extrude1 appears in the FeatureManager design tree in the left panel.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Save
2.
3.
Click Save.
The extension .sldprt is added to the file name, and the file is saved.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Click Top
4.
Click Circle
5.
The ring boss is concentric with the base cylinder because you started both at the origin. In the completed
sketch, the symbol
indicates this relationship.
6.
7.
8.
in the PropertyManager.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
on Sketch toolbar.
2.
3.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Offsetting Entities
Page 1 of 1
Offsetting Entities
The sketched circle represents the outside of the ring. Next create the inside of the ring using the Offset Entities
tool.
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
Click
to 5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Click Trimetric
3.
4.
Click
to 12.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Click Top
4.
Click Circle
5.
6.
7.
8.
in the PropertyManager.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Creating a Hole
Page 1 of 1
Creating a Hole
Cut a hole through the center of the part.
1.
(Sketch toolbar).
2.
Click Trimetric
3.
In the PropertyManager, under Direction 1, select Through All for End Condition.
4.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Top
2.
3.
(Features toolbar).
Countersink
4.
5.
Under Options:
a.
b.
c.
Select Added C'Bore in Head Clearance Mode to apply additional head clearance as a 1mm
counterbore.
to 1.
6.
7.
In the graphics area, click the base cylinder inside the ring boss above the center hole to place a hole.
The hole position does not need to be exact. You later move the hole to the centerline.
8.
Move the pointer under the center hole so the inference centerline appears, then click to place another hole.
9.
10.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
11.
Click
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Adding Fillets
Page 1 of 1
Adding Fillets
Add a fillet feature to round off the edges of the part.
1.
Click Fillet
2.
Click Trimetric
3.
4.
Select the top face of the ring boss and the outside face of the base.
5.
Click
to 2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Click Top
4.
Expand the Line flyout menu on the Sketch CommandManager and click Centerline
The centerline acts as a construction line for the next circle. It keeps the center of the circle vertical with
respect to the origin.
5.
Move the pointer over the origin until the pointer changes to
6.
7.
8.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Circle
Move the pointer over the endpoint of the line (not the endpoint by the origin).
11.
12.
13.
Click
in the PropertyManager.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
Click
5.
Click Trimetric
to 30.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Click Circle
4.
Move the pointer to the edge of the tall cylinder and leave it there until the center point of the tall cylinder
appears as shown.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager, under Direction 1, select Through All for End Condition.
3.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Click Fillet
The radius is already set to 2mm to match the last fillet you added to the model.
3.
One edge on each side of the tall cylinder where it intersects the ring extrusion.
The edge of the hole that cuts through the tall cylinder on the bottom of the first extrusion.
4.
Click
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
This shows all of the system-generated axes in the part. You select one as the central axis of the pattern.
2.
On the Features toolbar, expand the Linear Pattern flyout toolbar and click Circular Pattern
3.
a.
Select the temporary axis in the center of the part for Pattern Axis.
b.
Select Equal spacing to pattern the number of instances uniformly around the axis within 360.
c.
to 6.
4.
5.
In the flyout FeatureManager design tree in the graphics area, select the last three features (Fillet2, CutExtrude2, and Boss-Extrude3).
6.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Click Fillet
3.
Select two edges as shown. You need to select one edge on the inside of the ring and one edge on the
outside of the ring.
4.
Click
5.
Click Save
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
My First Drawing
Page 1 of 1
My First Drawing
For your first drawing, you create the drawing shown below. The drawing contains many views, centerlines, center
marks, and dimensions.
If Pressure Plate.sldprt is not open from the My First Part lesson, click here
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\IntroToSW\pressure_plate.sldprt).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Options
2.
3.
Under Tangent edges in new views, select Removed to hide transition edges between rounded or filleted
faces, then click OK.
4.
SolidWorks creates a drawing and begins the process to place a model view.
5.
6.
In the PropertyManager:
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
2.
Move the pointer over the outside edge of the pressure plate until the center point appears.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Move the pointer to the right to place the view and click to finish.
8.
Under Section Line, click Flip direction to reverse the direction of the section view.
9.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Click Next
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click
If the view is not in the correct location on the drawing sheet, you can drag the view. Move your pointer over
the view until the pointer includes
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the Top view, click the outside edge of one of the tall bosses in the pattern as shown.
3.
Click
in the graphics area to propagate the center marks to all the other holes in the pattern.
4.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Adding Centerlines
Page 1 of 1
Adding Centerlines
Add centerlines to the section view and detail view.
1.
Click Centerline
2.
In the section view, select the two edges of the top hole.
Repeat for other holes in the section and detail views to add three more centerlines.
4.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Placing Dimensions-1
Page 1 of 1
Placing Dimensions
Place some dimensions on the drawing.
1.
Click Options
2.
3.
Clear Add parentheses by default to display reference dimensions in drawings without parentheses, then
click OK.
4.
5.
Move the pointer to the outside edge of the top view and click.
6.
b.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Placing Dimensions-2
Page 1 of 1
Move to the detail view and select the left edge of the plate.
9.
10.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
The dimension now indicates that there are six cylinders of the same size in the drawing.
4.
Repeat steps 1 through 3 for the cylinder boss hole diameter (15) dimension.
5.
6.
7.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Window, Tile Horizontally to display the part and drawing windows simultaneously.
2.
In the FeatureManager design tree of the part window, click the second Cut-Extrude feature, the tall
cylinder hole.
3.
Move the pointer over the diameter dimensions until it includes the Smart Dimension indicator.
4.
5.
The original hole and the patterned instances update to reflect the new size.
6.
Notice that all four drawing views and the dimensions update to reflect the new size.
7.
8.
Click Yes when prompted to save referenced models to also save the part.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Lesson1-Parts-Overview
Page 1 of 1
Begin with the first section or skip to a later section to bypass tasks you already know how to do.
Prerequisites:
Adding fillets
Editing features
Completed Part
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click New
(Standard toolbar).
2.
3.
Click Save
(Standard toolbar).
4.
5.
Click Save.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
(Features toolbar).
The Front, Top, and Right planes appear and the pointer changes to
plane, the border of the plane is highlighted.
3.
(Sketch toolbar).
4.
Click the origin and drag the pointer up and to the right. Notice that it displays the current dimensions of the
rectangle.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Click Select
The sides of the rectangle that touch the origin are black. Because you started sketching at the origin, the
vertex of these two sides is automatically coincident with the origin, as shown by the symbol . This
relationship constrains the sketch.
Drag one of the blue sides or drag the vertex to resize the rectangle.
3.
4.
3.
(Sketch CommandManager).
5.
Click
6.
(View toolbar) to display the entire rectangle and center it in the graphics area.
7.
Repeat steps 2-6, with a vertical line, setting the height of the rectangle to 120mm.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
The sketch is now fully defined, as shown in the status bar at the bottom of the SolidWorks window.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
(Sketch toolbar).
The Boss-Extrude PropertyManager appears in the left pane, the view of the sketch changes to Trimetric,
and a preview of the extrusion appears in the graphics area.
2.
3.
Set Depth
Click
to 30.
The new feature, Boss-Extrude1, appears in the FeatureManager design tree and in the graphics area.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Task
Extrude a boss, centered on the model and dimensioned as shown.
Instructions
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click the front face of the model to preselect the sketch plane for the next feature.
2.
3.
Click Normal To
4.
Click Circle
5.
Click near the center of the face and move the pointer to sketch a circle.
6.
(Features toolbar).
(Sketch toolbar).
7.
8.
9.
Move the pointer outside the model to see the current dimension.
10.
11.
b.
Click
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
3.
1.
2.
b.
Click
, select the top edge of the face, select the circle, and click to place the
Repeat steps 1 and 2, selecting the right edge of the face and the circle.
The circle turns black, and the status bar indicates that the sketch is fully defined.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
(Sketch toolbar).
The Boss-Extrude PropertyManager appears in the left pane, and a preview of the extrusion appears in the
graphics area.
2.
Click Trimetric
3.
4.
a.
b.
Set Depth
Click
to 25.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Task
Cut a hole through the entire part with a radius 10mm less than the boss.
Instructions
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
(Features toolbar).
2.
3.
Click Normal To
4.
Click Circle
5.
(Sketch toolbar).
6.
7.
7.
(Sketch toolbar).
8.
Click Trimetric
9.
10.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Task
Create fillets:
1.5mm radius for the top edges of the boss and hole
Instructions
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Fillet
(Features toolbar).
2.
3.
4.
a.
Set Radius
to 5.
b.
5.
As you move the pointer over hidden lines, they highlight so you can select them.
As you select each edge, its name is added to Edges, Faces, Features and Loops
updated.
6.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Fillet
(Features toolbar).
2.
3.
Right-click on either the inner or outer edge of the boss face and click Select Other.
4.
5.
6.
Click
to 1.5.
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Task
Hollow out the part by:
Instructions
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
(View toolbar).
2.
Drag the pointer to rotate the part until you can see the back.
3.
4.
5.
Click Shell
6.
7.
Click
(Features toolbar).
to 2.
The shell operation removes the selected face and leaves a thin-walled part.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Trimetric
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click
(View toolbar).
You can rotate and zoom the section view. Only the display of the part is cut, not the model itself.
5.
6.
Click Save
(Standard toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Editing a Feature
Page 1 of 1
Editing Features
You can now verify your model. If it is incorrect or you skipped earlier steps, open a correct version before
proceeding:
Task
Edit the base feature to:
Instructions
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Trimetric
2.
Double-click Boss-Extrude1
3.
Double-click 30.
4.
5.
Click Rebuild
6.
Click Save
(Standard toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Modifying Fillets
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
Click Delete.
4.
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Modifying Fillets
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
In the FeatureManager design tree, place the pointer over the rollback bar below the Shell1 feature.
The pointer changes to a hand:
2.
3.
Click Fillet
4.
(Features toolbar).
5.
6.
Click
7.
to 5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Finish
Page 1 of 1
Finish
Congratulations! You have completed this tutorial.
Quiz yourself by repeating this tutorial without using the Instructions sections.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Lesson 2 - Assemblies
Page 1 of 1
Lesson 2 - Assemblies
An assembly is a combination of two or more parts, also called components, within one SolidWorks document. You
position and orient components using mates that form relations between components.
In this lesson, you build a simple assembly based on the part you created in Lesson 1.
This lesson discusses the following:
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click New
2.
4.
5.
Click Sketch
Under Direction1:
Set Depth
to 90.
7.
Click
8.
9.
Click Fillet
(View toolbar).
10.
11.
Click
to 10.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Click Shell
4.
5.
Click
6.
in the PropertyManager.
to 4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
(View toolbar) and drag-select to a corner of the part, as shown. Click Zoom to
3.
(Features toolbar).
4.
(Sketch toolbar).
The outer edges of the selected face are projected (copied) onto the sketch plane as lines and arcs. The
Convert Entities PropertyManager appears. Because you do not want to convert more entities, you close
the PropertyManager.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
7.
to 2.
9.
Click
A set of lines is added to the sketch, offset from the outside edge of the selected face by 2mm. This relation
is maintained if the original edges change.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Sketch
11.
The material between the two lines is cut, creating the lip.
12.
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Right-click the Tutor2 icon at the top of the FeatureManager design tree.
3.
4.
In the PropertyManager, under Color, select the desired color on the color palette, then click OK
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Click New
A preview of Tutor1 appears in the graphics area, and the pointer changes to
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Click
9.
10.
Save the assembly as Tutor. (The .sldasm extension is added to the file name.) If you see messages about
rebuilding the assembly and saving referenced documents, click Yes.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Mate
(Assembly toolbar).
In the graphics area, select the top edge of Tutor1, then select the outside edge of the lip on the top of
Tutor2.
The Mate pop-up toolbar appears, and the components move into place, previewing the mate. The edges
are listed in the Entities to Mate
3.
a.
Click Coincident
b.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the graphics area, select the Tutor2 component and hold down the left mouse button.
2.
Drag the component from side to side to observe the available degrees of freedom.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select the rightmost face of one component, then select the corresponding face on the other component.
2.
Repeat steps 1 and 2, but select the top faces of both components, to add another Coincident mate.
4.
Click OK
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
At the top of the FeatureManager design tree, to the right of the tabs, click Show Display Pane
The Display Pane shows the different display settings (appearances, transparency, etc.) of each component.
2.
Right-click anywhere in the Display Pane and select Add Display State.
3.
4.
Move the pointer over Tutor2 in the FeatureManager design tree, then:
a.
b.
5.
6.
Right-click
column.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 06/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
It is recommended that you complete the Lesson 1 - Parts, Lesson 2 - Assemblies, and Lesson 3 - Drawings
tutorials before starting any of the AutoCAD lessons. It is also recommended that you complete the AutoCAD
lessons in this order:
Time
Tutorial
Importing an AutoCAD File shows how to import an AutoCAD drawing and modify it.
Converting an AutoCAD Drawing to 3D shows how to create a 3D model.
Creating a Drawing from a 3D Model shows how to add a new drawing sheet and drawing
views.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Open
3.
Browse to <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\autocad.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Make sure that Create new SolidWorks drawing and Convert to SolidWorks entities are
selected.
b.
Click Next.
c.
Click Next to accept the defaults on the Drawing Layer Mapping screen.
d.
Under Geometry positioning, select Center in sheet to center the imported drawing on the drawing
sheet.
e.
Click Finish.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Layer toolbar).
In the dialog box, in the row for the CENTER layer, click the solid green square in the Color column.
3.
In the Color dialog box, select dark purple , then click OK.
4.
5.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
a.
2.
(View toolbar).
.
b.
c.
Press Delete.
Because you delete the entire note later, it is okay if you delete the arrow now.
3.
Delete the other circles and their center marks except the top one.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Press Enter to repeat the last command , which in this case releases the Zoom to Area
3.
4.
tool.
is displayed.
The Circle PropertyManager appears in the panel to the left of the drawing.
The PropertyManager is equivalent to a Windows dialog box; however, a PropertyManager does not
obscure your work area.
5.
You can type either a mathematical expression or a numerical value for most numerical inputs.
6.
Click
7.
(Standard toolbar).
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Sketch toolbar).
In the PropertyManager, if the name of the circle does not appear in Entities to Pattern, then click in
Entities to Pattern and select the circle in the graphics area.
3.
(View toolbar).
The blue circle indicates that the circular pattern will be created around this circle.
4.
To change the circular pattern, in the dialog box, under Parameters, set Radius
Angle
5.
Click
to 270. By default, three new instances of the circle will be created 90 apart.
Four instances of the circle are patterned equally around the flange.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(View toolbar), zoom to the flange, and press Enter to release the tool.
2.
Box select the note and leader as shown, then press Delete.
3.
Click Note
4.
Move the pointer toward the hole circle. As you move over items in the drawing, the pointer changes.
(Annotation toolbar).
Click on the circle to place the note leader, then click a blank area in the drawing sheet to place the note.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Type 4X and a comma (,) in the note box in the drawing sheet.
7.
If you move the pointer over an item in the PropertyManager, a tooltip appears with the name of the box or
icon.
8.
In the Symbols dialog box, select Diameter in the list of symbols and click OK.
The diameter symbol
9.
10.
Add another diameter symbol to indicate the diameter of the bolt circle, and type 3.25 B.C.
11.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Click anywhere inside the drawing sheet and zoom in to the revision block:
If you zoom in too close to the revision block, press Z to zoom out. If the Drawing View
PropertyManager opened, click
to close it.
3.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Layout1 and select Lock Sheet Focus so you can select
items outside the drawing view.
4.
To create another row in the revision block, select the bottom line of the revision block and click Offset
Entities
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Sketch toolbar).
If Extend Entities
is not visible on the Sketch toolbar, click the button in the tutorial window. This
action places the button on the Sketch toolbar and highlights its position.
2.
Select the lines shown to extend them to the offset horizontal line.
A preview of the extension is displayed when the pointer is over the line to be extended.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Click in the cell beneath A and press Ctrl+V to paste the text into this cell.
4.
Double-click the pasted text and change A to B. To exit editing mode, click anywhere in the drawing sheet.
5.
To align A and B, first select both annotations while holding down Ctrl. Then use the tools on the Align
toolbar (Align Left
, for example) to align the selected annotations. Click anywhere outside the
annotations to release the tool.
If the Align toolbar is not visible, click View, Toolbars, Align. Aligning the annotations may require some
experimentation. You can use Undo
an annotation to a new location.
6.
on the Standard toolbar to reverse recent changes. You can also drag
Repeat steps 1 through 5 for the other columns until the revision block appears as shown.
7.
Pan down in the SolidWorks window to the title block, then double-click the revision letter at the lower-right
and change A to B.
8.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Save
2.
3.
Click Save.
4.
Click Close
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Open
2.
3.
b.
Click Next.
c.
d.
Select Add constraints to solve all apparent relations and constraints in the sketch.
e.
Click Next.
f.
g.
Click Finish.
h.
The entities in the DWG file are imported to a 2D sketch in a new part document.
4.
Click View, Sketch Relations to clear the display of sketch relations icons in the graphics area.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Model in the FeatureManager design tree and click Edit Sketch.
2.
Delete all the sketch entities except the upper cross-section and the line beneath it, as shown. Be sure to
delete the entities in the upper cross-section shown on the right.
Use box selection and cross selection to select groups of entities. Use the zoom tools to locate other
entities.
3.
(Sketch toolbar).
4.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Options
2.
3.
4.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
2.
Select the long side of the sketch of the flange, then click to place the dimension.
3.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Select the left endpoint of the centerline and click Align Sketch
2.
3.
4.
Click
(2Dto3D toolbar).
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
The sketch entities now all black, indicating that the sketch is fully defined. The sketch is dimensioned to the
sketch origin.
5.
(Sketch toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Select Model in the FeatureManager design tree, then click Revolved Boss/Base
toolbar).
2.
3.
(Features
5.
Click
6.
In the FeatureManager design tree, expand the Revolve1 feature to see the absorbed feature , Model.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Left
2.
3.
(Features toolbar).
a.
Hole
b.
c.
4.
5.
Next, you add a sketch point on the face to indicate the center point of the hole.
6.
Select the Positions tab, then click the flange face in the approximate area as shown.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Sketch toolbar).
2.
Select the sketch point for the hole origin, then click to place the dimension.
3.
In the Modify dialog box, set the value to 1.3, then click
4.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
tool. You can also use temporary axes to create circular patterns.
1.
Click Isometric
2.
Click Axis
3.
4.
In the graphics area, select the cylindrical face of the flange as shown for Reference Entities
5.
Click
.
.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
(Features toolbar).
If Axis1 is not already selected, then select it in the flyout FeatureManager design tree.
b.
c.
to 4.
3.
4.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Save
2.
Click Close
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here:
021.slddrw).
2.
Right-click in the sheet tab area below the graphics area and select Add Sheet.
4.
b.
c.
5.
Click OK.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Inserting a Block
Page 1 of 1
Inserting a Block
Now add a point and insert a block inferenced to the point.
1.
Click Point
(Sketch toolbar).
2.
Click in the lower left corner of the drawing sheet to place a point.
3.
4.
Click
5.
6.
7.
Select the point to insert the block with its base point at the sketch point.
8.
Click
and Y Coordinate
to 0.5.
(Blocks toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
All of the commands in the Tools menu appear in the Command column.
3.
4.
Type b.
Do not press the Shift key. The SolidWorks software automatically creates this shortcut key as an
uppercase B.
The letter B appears under Shortcut(s).
5.
Select Show only commands with shortcuts assigned to see the tools with shortcut keys.
You can print the list currently displayed, or copy it to the clipboard to paste into other documents.
6.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Expand the Blocks folder in the FeatureManager design tree, then right-click TITLE_BLOCK and select
Edit Block.
2.
3.
Click Note
4.
In the PropertyManager, under Block Attribute, type REV for Attribute name.
5.
Click
Rebuild icons
.
are displayed in the FeatureManager design tree.
6.
Click Rebuild
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Options
(Standard toolbar).
2.
Select Drawings, clear Automatically scale new drawing views, then click OK.
3.
(Drawing toolbar).
4.
5.
7.
*Isometric
Preview.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Drawing toolbar).
2.
Click
3.
*Left
Preview
4.
5.
6.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Drawing toolbar).
2.
Sketch a vertical line through the center of the *Left view as shown.
3.
4.
If the section line and section view on your drawing are reversed, select or clear Flip direction in the
PropertyManager.
5.
If a message box appears, click OK to accept Visible as the Tangent Edge Display style.
6.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
If a message box appears, select Don't prompt me again in this session, then click Yes to update views
on inactive sheets.
2.
Change the bolt hole pattern in the part file and update the drawing.
1.
Right-click an empty area in any of the drawing views (do not right-click the model in the view) and select
Open Part
2.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click CirPattern1 and select Edit Feature
3.
4.
Click
5.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Click Save.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The drawing views show the modified part that contains 6 bolt holes.
2.
Click Save
(Standard toolbar).
You created these drawing views from a 3D part model. Alternatively, you can create views in drawing documents
by drafting .
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Formatting a Note
Page 1 of 1
Formatting a Note
Insert and format a note.
1.
2.
Click Note
3.
4.
(Annotation toolbar).
NOTES:
PART SHALL BE CLEAN AND BURR FREE.
ALL INTERSECTIONS SHALL HAVE X RADIUS OR CHAMFER.
5.
6.
Select all the note text. On the Formatting toolbar, select 16 for point size.
7.
8.
9.
(Formatting toolbar).
(Formatting toolbar), type 0.005 for Upper and 0.015 for Lower, then click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Formatting a Note2
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
b.
c.
d.
Click OK.
4.
(Formatting toolbar).
5.
6.
Drag the lower-right handle of the note to just before RADIUS so the second line of the note wraps to the
next line.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Click
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Click
9.
On the Design Library tab, select the annotations folder. Note1 appears in lower pane.
and click
10.
Click Save
11.
Click Close
(Standard toolbar).
(Standard toolbar).
Congratulations! You have completed the Creating a Drawing from a 3D Model lesson.
Return
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
3D Sketching
Page 1 of 1
3D Sketching
Using SolidWorks, you can create 3D sketches. You use a 3D sketch as a sweep path, as a guide curve for a
sweep or loft, as a centerline for a loft, or as one of the key entities in a routing system. A useful application of 3D
sketching is designing routing systems.
This lesson introduces you to 3D sketching and describes the following concepts:
Dimensioning in 3D space
Mirroring features
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click New
2.
Click 3D Sketch
3.
Click Line
(Sketch toolbar).
(Sketch toolbar) and sketch a line about 135mm long on the XY plane
from the
Sketch the line to an approximate length, then dimension to the exact length later.
4.
Click Select
5.
In the PropertyManager, make sure that the endpoint is exactly at the origin (0, 0, 0 as shown under
Parameters), is Coincident with the origin (as shown in Existing Relations) and is Fully Defined (as
shown in Information
6.
).
Click Fix
in Add Relations.
Reduce the size of the sketch to provide open sketching area on the right side of the graphics area.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
8.
Click Line
(Sketch toolbar) and continue sketching the other lines from the endpoint of the 135mm
line. Each time you begin a new line, the origin for the current coordinate system is displayed at the
beginning of the new line to help orient you.
Sketch the following lines to an approximate length, then dimension to the exact length later.
a.
for 15.
b.
for 15.
c.
d.
e.
Press Tab twice to change the sketch plane back to the XY plane.
f.
g.
h.
for 240.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
10.
To fillet the intersections, select the point where two lines meet.
11.
Click 3D Sketch
12.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Select the Right plane in the FeatureManager design tree, then click Sketch
a 2D sketch on that plane.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
(Sketch toolbar).
(Features toolbar).
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
Click Normal To
4.
Sketch a circle on what appears to be the face of the frame. (The Front plane is in the center of the frame
wire.) Watch for the inference lines that indicate the centerpoint of the circle is horizontal to the origin.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Click Trimetric
9.
(Features toolbar).
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
10.
Click
Page 2 of 2
If necessary, select Merge result. Merge result controls whether or not you create separate solid
bodies.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Click View, Temporary Axes to turn on the display of all temporary axes.
The axes must be visible because you need to select them to create a pattern.
2.
3.
(Features toolbar).
Click the temporary axis on the face of the frame where you sketched the circle.
In the graphics area, a preview of the pattern appears, and an arrow indicating the direction of the pattern
appears on the frame at the right end of the axis. In the Property Manager, Axis <1> appears in Pattern
Direction.
5.
Under Direction 1:
Check the preview of the extrusions to make sure they are patterned towards the outer edge, as
shown below. If necessary, click Reverse Direction
Set Spacing
to 22.
to 6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
6.
Click
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Mirroring All
Page 1 of 1
Mirroring All
Use the Mirror function to complete the wire rack.
1.
2.
Click Mirror
3.
Rotate the half-rack and click on the end face of the frame.
(Features toolbar).
5.
Click
6.
Click Isometric
in the PropertyManager.
7.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 13/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Finished Model
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Approaches to 3D Sketching
Page 1 of 1
Approaches to 3D Sketching
There are two approaches to 3D sketching.
2D Sketching with 3D Sketch Planes. Activate a planar face by adding a 3D sketch plane, sketch in 2D
along the plane, and add 3D sketch planes each time you need to move sketch entities to create a 3D
sketch. This tutorial uses this approach.
3D Sketching. Open a 3D sketch, and press Tab each time you need to move sketch entities to a different
axis. The sketch origin is placed wherever you first start the sketch.
Define planes
Add relations:
To planes
Between planes
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Open a new part, and in the FeatureManager design tree, select the Top plane.
2.
(Sketch toolbar).
3.
Click Centerline
4.
5.
In the graphics area, select the construction line and the origin for Selected Entities.
6.
7.
Midpoint
Coincident
Click
(Sketch toolbar), and sketch a vertical construction line through the origin.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
As you sketch, use sketch snaps to guide you so that relations are added by inference.
9.
10.
Click Line
lines.
(Sketch toolbar), and sketch two horizontal lines connecting the end points of the construction
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
3.
1.
2.
Click
(Sketch toolbar), and add tangent arcs between each set of end points.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Using References
Page 1 of 1
Using References
1.
Click Isometric
2.
Click Plane
3.
In the FeatureManager design tree, select Top Plane for First Reference.
4.
5.
Click
(Sketch toolbar).
to 40.
A 3D sketch plane, offset 40mm from the first 3D sketch plane, is added to 3DSketch1.
6.
To center the plane to the sketch, drag the points at the corners to resize.
7.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Click PropertyManager
graphics area).
to display the 3DSketch PropertyManager (top of the left column, next to the
Plane2 is displayed under Planes (only planes that you add are listed).
2.
The plane is hidden, and all the sketch relations are displayed.
3.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Click Circle
3.
Sketch a circle on Plane 2, with the center approximately along the same vertical axis as the sketch origin.
4.
5.
6.
7.
(Sketch toolbar).
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
, then click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Plane
(Sketch toolbar).
2.
3.
, then click
4.
Click Centerline
center of the circle.
5.
(Sketch toolbar), and use inferencing to sketch a horizontal construction line through the
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
Click Spline
(Sketch toolbar).
7.
Sketch a two point spline coincident with the end points of the tangent arc and the point on the horizontal
construction line on Plane2.
8.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Click Centerline
2.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
3.
In the graphics area, select the centerline coincident to the sketch origin, and one of the other centerlines.
4.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the graphics area, select one of the splines, and the adjacent construction line.
2.
3.
Repeat step 2 with the other spline and the adjacent construction line.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the graphics area, select one of the splines and the construction line that spans the circle diameter.
5.
6.
Curvature was added to the two point splines while maintaining sketch integrity.
7.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Isometric
2.
Click Plane
a.
b.
Select Coincident
3.
Click Centerline
(Sketch toolbar), and use inferencing to sketch a vertical construction line coincident to
the mid point of the tangent arc.
4.
Click
5.
Sketch a construction line perpendicular to the existing construction line that spans the circle.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
The centerline you just sketched should already be displayed in the PropertyManager under Selected
Entities. If it is not, select it as well.
3.
4.
In the graphics area, select the center of the circle and the intersecting construction line you recently added.
5.
, then click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
(Sketch toolbar).
2. Sketch a two point spline coincident between the end point of the vertical construction line
and the horizontal construction line just added.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
4. In the graphics area, select the spline and the vertical construction line.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Repeat steps 4-5, but first select the horizontal construction line, and then the spline.
7.
Click
With sketching finished, you can turn off plane visibility. Click PropertyManager
clear Planes.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
In the SelectionManager:
4.
(Surfaces toolbar).
a.
Click
b.
and click
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
and click
and click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
11.
Click
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 15/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
This tutorial assumes that you know how to perform basic assembly operations, such as moving and rotating
components, and adding mates.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Beginning at the origin, sketch a vertical line upwards and dimension it to 60 mm in length.
4.
5.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
6.
Under Direction 1:
Set Depth
to 120.
Click OK
Set Thickness
to 5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Open a sketch on the narrow vertical face. Sketch a circle at the upper edge, with its center at the front
vertex.
8.
Add a coincident relation between the edge of the circle and the back vertex to fully define the sketch.
9.
10.
11.
In the PropertyManager:
12.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Sketch and dimension a circle as shown, and add a concentric relation to the outside edge of the barrel.
3.
4.
5.
Click OK
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Right
2.
3.
i.
Click Countersink
ii.
b.
c.
4.
tab.
5.
6.
7.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
ii.
Right-click the sketch that positions the holes and select Edit Sketch.
b.
Click Equations
c.
Clear the default text in the Add Equation dialog box, if necessary.
d.
e.
Double-click the large model face in the graphics area to display its dimensions, then select the
60mm dimension.
f.
Type /2 in the dialog box to complete the dimension, then click OK.
This sets the distance between the point and the bottom edge to one-half the height of the hinge.
2.
Click Add.
b.
Clear the default text in the Add Equation dialog box, if necessary.
c.
d.
e.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Mirror
2.
In the PropertyManager:
3.
Click OK
The holes are mirrored across the large face of the hinge.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
It may be easier to select edges in these exercises with Hidden Lines Removed
selected.
1.
Open a sketch on the large model face, and name it layout for cuts.
2.
Select the lower edge of the extrude-thin feature and click Offset Entities
3.
In the PropertyManager:
4.
Select Reverse, if necessary, to set the offset below the selected edge.
Clear Select chain, if necessary, to restrict creation of the offset entity to the selected edge only.
Click OK
to 1.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
5.
Press Ctrl, select the edges shown, then click Convert Entities
selected model edges into sketch entities.
6.
7.
Sketch a horizontal line to connect the two converted edges across the top.
8.
Click View, Sketch Relations to hide the display of sketch relations in the graphics area when too many
relations cover the sketch geometry.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Add equations that set each dimension to one-fifth of the dimension of the overall length:
The distance for each equation should evaluate to 24mm in the dialog box.
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
Select the two vertical lines and the centerline, then click Mirror Entities
lines around the centerline.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Roll back the design to the 3Cuts feature by dragging the rollback bar to just below the layout for cuts
sketch.
2.
Open a sketch on the large model face and click Convert Entities
3.
In the PropertyManager, click Select chain and select the bottom line in the layout sketch.
4.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
In the PropertyManager, click Select chain and select the bottom line in the layout sketch.
The software copies the entire outside contour into the current sketch. Chain<1> appears in the
PropertyManager.
4.
Click
5.
Select one of the vertical lines near the edge of the part, then click Offset Entities
toolbar.
6.
In the PropertyManager:
7.
Select Reverse, if necessary, to offset the line towards the middle of the part.
Click
on the Sketch
to 1.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
8.
Page 2 of 2
Repeat steps 5 to 7 for the vertical line near the opposite edge of the part.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select one of the vertical lines near the center of the part, and offset the line by 1 mm toward the outside of
the part (making the center cut wider). Repeat for the remaining vertical line.
2.
a.
in the PropertyManager.
b.
c.
Click OK
3.
4.
In the PropertyManager, select Through All in End Condition for both Direction 1 and Direction 2.
5.
Click OK
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Roll back the design to the 3Cuts feature by dragging the rollback bar to just below the layout for cuts
sketch.
2.
Open a sketch on the large model face and click Convert Entities
3.
In the PropertyManager, click Select chain and select the bottom line in the layout sketch.
4.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
5.
Select one of the vertical lines near the edge of the part, then click Offset Entities
6.
In the PropertyManager:
to 1.
7.
Click OK
8.
Repeat for the vertical line near the opposite edge of the part.
9.
Select one of the vertical lines near the center of the part, and offset it by 1 mm toward the middle of the
part. Repeat for the remaining vertical line.
10.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager, select Through All in End Condition for both Direction 1 and Direction 2.
3.
Click OK
4.
5.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click the layout for cuts sketch, and select Hide
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Roll the model forward by dragging the rollback bar to the bottom of the FeatureManager design tree.
The entire barrel is removed by the two cut features. This is the default configuration that includes all the
features.
2.
3.
Right-click the part name at the top of the ConfigurationManager tree, and select Add Configuration.
4.
5.
Click the FeatureManager design tree tab at the top of the left panel to switch back to the FeatureManager
design tree. Notice the configuration name beside the part name at the top of the tree: Hinge (OuterCuts).
6.
The 2Cuts feature is suppressed and displayed in gray in the FeatureManager design tree. It is inactive in
the current configuration.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Right-click the part name at the top of the ConfigurationManager tree, and select Add Configuration.
3.
4.
Switch back to the FeatureManager design tree. Notice the configuration name: Hinge (InnerCuts).
5.
6.
The 3Cuts feature remains suppressed and is displayed in gray in the FeatureManager design tree. The
2Cuts feature is active in the current configuration.
7.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The Begin Assembly PropertyManager appears. Because the hinge part is already open, Hinge appears in
Open documents under Part/Assembly to Insert.
2.
3.
b.
Move the pointer into the graphics area so the Hinge inferences the assembly origin. This aligns the
planes of the assembly and the part.
c.
4.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Hinge<1>, and select Component Properties
. Under
Referenced configuration, notice that InnerCuts is selected because InnerCuts is the active
configuration in the part.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The Begin Assembly PropertyManager appears. Because the hinge part is already open, Hinge appears in
Open documents under Part/Assembly to Insert.
2.
3.
b.
Move the pointer into the graphics area so the Hinge inferences the assembly origin. This aligns the
planes of the assembly and the part.
c.
4.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Hinge<1>, and select Component Properties
. Under
Referenced configuration, notice that InnerCuts is selected because InnerCuts is the active
configuration in the part.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
7.
Hold down Ctrl, then drag the Hinge from either the graphics area or the FeatureManager design tree. Drop
it to the right of the first Hinge in the graphics area to create another instance, Hinge<2>.
8.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
10.
Create a Coincident mate between the narrow front faces of the components. Create a Concentric mate between
the cylindrical faces of the barrels.
Coincident mate
Concentric mate
11.
Open and close the component from Hinge<2> using Move Component
Hinge<1> is fixed.
12.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Select the narrow model face on the front of the assembly. The new part is positioned on this face, with its
location fully defined by an InPlace mate. An InPlace mate is a coincident mate that is added when you
create a component in the context of an assembly.
A sketch opens automatically on the selected face. Notice that Edit Component
on the Assembly
toolbar is selected because you are editing a component in the context of the assembly.
3.
Select the inner circular edge of the barrel, then offset it to the inside by 0.25 mm.
4.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click the new part, select Rename Part, type Pin, and press Enter.
6.
7.
b.
Click Same as Assembly to set the Path to match the assembly path.
c.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree, expand the pin component, select the Right plane, and open a sketch.
9.
Select one of the long edges of the model, then click Convert Entities
the sketch path for a sweep feature.
10.
11.
, then click OK
The status bar in the lower-right corner indicates that you are still editing the part.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Open a sketch on the flat end of the pin, and sketch a circle.
2.
Select the circle and the outer circular edge of the barrel, and add a Coradial relation.
3.
4.
5.
to 3, then
6.
7.
8.
If a dialog box asks you to save the document and the referenced models, click Yes.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Move Hinge<2>. Notice that you cannot make it pass through the vertical side of Hinge<1> and that the
faces highlight when they contact each other. Examine the other collisions.
6.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree, expand the hinge component that uses the InnerCuts configuration.
Double-click the Extrude-Thin feature to display its dimensions.
2.
3.
In the dialog box, change the dimension value, and make sure All Configurations is selected so all
configurations update with the new value.
4.
Click Rebuild
5.
All components in the assembly update automatically. (If a dialog box indicates that the pin has rebuild
errors, click Rebuild
, then
again.)
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 18/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Tutorial
Creating Drawing Views shows how to create and dimension different drawing views.
Detailing shows how to use tools to annotate drawings.
Assembly Drawing Views shows how to create an exploded assembly view and use
annotations specifically designed for assemblies.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Section
Projected
Broken-out section
Crop
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here
to open FoodProcessor.slddrw (or browse to
install_dir\samples\tutorial\advdrawings\FoodProcessor.slddrw).
2.
(Drawing toolbar).
3.
Sketch a horizontal line through the middle of the front view as shown. The pointer changes to
.
Inferencing lines and position indicators indicate whether you are sketching through the middle of the view.
4.
Drag the section view below the front view and click to place it.
As you move the pointer, a preview of the section view position is displayed.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
If you reverse the direction of the section line arrows, the section view is marked with a crosshatch pattern,
which indicates that the view is out of date. Click Update View
view only, or click Rebuild
5.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
2.
3.
4.
In the PropertyManager:
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
7.
8.
9.
10.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Drawing toolbar).
2.
3.
Drag the pointer upwards, then click to place the view above Drawing View1 as shown.
4.
5.
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Drawing toolbar).
2.
Sketch a spline approximately as shown. The spline that you sketch designates the boundaries of the
broken-out section view.
When you sketch a spline, the spline points snap to geometry. To temporarily turn off snapping, hold down
Ctrl as you sketch the spline. Release Ctrl when you want to connect the beginning and end of the spline.
3.
In the graphics area, select the edge of the hole as shown in Drawing View1 for Depth Reference
broken-out section view will be up to the depth of the selected hole.
4.
Click
. The
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Move the pointer over the crosshatch in the broken-out section view. When the pointer changes to
click to open the PropertyManager.
3.
In the PropertyManager:
4.
a.
b.
c.
Click
(View toolbar).
to 4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Options
(Standard toolbar).
2.
3.
Under Auto insert on view creation, select Center marks-holes -part, Center marks-fillets -part, and
Centerlines, then click OK.
1.
(Drawing toolbar).
2.
In the PropertyManager, under Part/Assembly to Insert, make sure base plate is selected, then click
3.
4.
Click in the graphics area to place the view next to the existing front view.
5.
Click
6.
Right-click the view and select Tangent Edge, Tangent Edges Removed. With the tangent edges
removed, it is easier to dimension the view.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Spline
2.
(Drawing toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Detailing
Page 1 of 1
Detailing
In this lesson, you learn to use the following detailing tools to annotate a drawing:
Autodimension
Note
Model items
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
7.
8.
3.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
4.
5.
Select Selected entities for Entities to Dimension and select the front drawing view in the lower-left corner
of the sheet.
6.
Make sure the edges shown below are selected for the horizontal
and vertical
points of origination.
To change the edges, click in the horizontal or vertical point of origin box in the PropertyManager, then
select the appropriate edge in the drawing view.
Click Apply.
When you click Apply , you can apply dimensions to multiple views in succession.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
15.
Select the drawing view in the upper left corner of the sheet.
10.
In the PropertyManager, under Vertical Dimensions, set Dimension placement to Right of view.
11.
In the graphics area, select the lines shown for the horizontal
the view.
12.
Click Apply.
13.
Select the drawing view in the lower right corner of the sheet.
14.
In the graphics area, select the lines shown for the horizontal
the view.
Click
and vertical
and vertical
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Front view:
Top view:
Right view:
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Annotation toolbar).
2.
In the graphics area, click to place the leader in the drawing view as shown.
3.
Drag the pointer to the left of the drawing view, and click to place the datum feature symbol as shown.
4.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click the top edge as shown. When you pre-select the edge, the geometric tolerance symbol is automatically
placed.
2.
3.
4.
a.
Select
b.
c.
d.
Click OK.
(Annotation toolbar).
in Symbol.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Inserting a Note
Page 1 of 1
Inserting a Note
You can create a note, then save it in the Design Library for reuse in other drawings.
1.
Click Note
(Annotation toolbar).
2.
Click in the lower-left corner of the drawing sheet to place the note.
3.
Type NOTE:.
4.
Press Enter.
5.
Type ALL CORNERS AND FILLETS TO HAVE 0.05R UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
6.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
of the Task Pane, if it is not already visible. The Task Pane is on the right
2.
Click
3.
4.
In the graphics area, right-click the note and select Add to Library.
5.
In the PropertyManager, under Save To, type a value for File name, then click
The note is saved in the Design Library, within the annotations folder. If you move the pointer over the
note in the Design Library, a preview appears.
6.
7.
From the Design Library, drag the note you saved to the lower-left corner of the drawing sheet.
a.
b.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Annotation toolbar).
2.
Source/Destination, select Entire model and Import items into all views.
b.
Dimensions, click:
3.
Click
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Exploded view
Detail view
Bill of materials
Auto balloons
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
(Drawing toolbar).
a.
b.
Scale, select Use custom scale, then select User Defined and set the scale to 1:4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Drawing toolbar).
2.
Sketch a circle over the base plate and fasteners approximately as shown.
3.
4.
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
In the PropertyManager:
(Tables toolbar).
a.
Under Table Template, click Open table template for Bill of Materials
b.
Open install_dir\samples\tutorial\advdrawings\BomTemplate.sldbomtbt.
This template has been created with columns based on the model.
c.
d.
Click
4.
Click to place the BOM in the lower-left corner of the drawing sheet.
5.
In the Bill of Materials PropertyManager, under Table Position, click Bottom Left
, and click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Select the PRICE column by moving the pointer just above the column and double-clicking when the pointer
changes to .
2.
b.
The price for each component has been saved in the parts. The column populates with the price of each
component.
c.
3.
4.
5.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Click
The equation appears as {2}'QTY.'*`Price`. The equation calculates the quantity of each component multiplied
by the price per unit, to give the total cost of the component.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Inserting Balloons
Page 1 of 1
Inserting Balloons
After you insert a BOM, use balloons to help identify individual items in the BOM. Balloons can be inserted manually
or automatically. You insert them automatically in this tutorial.
1.
Hold down Ctrl and select the detail view first, and then select the exploded view.
2.
Click AutoBalloon
3.
In the PropertyManager, under Balloon Layout, clear Ignore multiple instances. This way, balloons
appear in both drawing views.
4.
Click
(Annotation toolbar).
The item numbers in the balloons correspond to those in the BOM. Move the views and balloons around to
organize them as you want.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
A balloon is indicated for each BOM component that has at least one balloon. The numbers inside the balloons
indicate the number of balloons per component.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Animations Overview
Page 1 of 1
Animations Overview
You can use animation motion studies to simulate the motion of assemblies.
In this tutorial, you:
Set up an animation motion study that uses a motor to move the model.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Adding a Motor
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here
2.
Click the Motion Study 1 tab (at the bottom of the graphics area).
3.
or open <install_dir>\samples\handson\addmotor\4bar1.sldasm.
4.
Click Motor
5.
In the PropertyManager:
Direction
6.
7.
(MotionManager toolbar).
Under Motion:
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
(MotionManager toolbar).
or RealView Graphics
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Suppressing Mates
Page 1 of 1
Suppressing Mates
You can use the motion study time line and the MotionManager design tree to suppress mates in a motion study.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click Calculate
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Create a folder, Motion Studies Elements, in which to save motion studies elements and click OK.
3.
From the MotionManager design tree, right-click RotaryMotor1 and select Add to Library.
4.
For File name, type a memorable name for the motor, such as Rotary Motor 30 RPM.
5.
For Design Library folder, select the Motion Studies Elements folder and click
When creating other motion studies that require the same settings, you can drag a saved motion studies
element from the Design Library.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Assembly Mates
Page 1 of 1
Assembly Mates
In this tutorial, you create a milling machine assembly. You use mates to create geometric relationships between
the components of the assembly.
This tutorial demonstrates:
Coincident
Concentric
Parallel
Distance
Using SmartMates
Testing mates
Editing mates
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Introduction
Page 1 of 1
Introduction
This assembly uses the following parts, located in the <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\assemblymates folder.
knee.sldprt
saddle.sldprt
table.sldprt
bracket.sldprt
head.sldprt
scale.sldprt
pillar.sldprt
clamp.sldprt
pin.sldprt
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here:
to open knee.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\assemblymates\knee.sldprt).
2.
3.
If the origin
is not visible in the graphics area, click View, Origins to display it.
4.
5.
6.
When you place a component this way, the component origin is located coincident with the assembly
origin, and the planes of the part and the assembly are aligned. This procedure, while not required, helps you
establish an initial orientation for the assembly. You can create this type of inference with any component as you
add it to the assembly.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
folder. This folder is a placeholder for the mates that you add
1.
Click Isometric
2.
Click View, Origins to clear the origin from the graphics area. If planes are visible, click View, Planes to
clear them from the graphics area.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Assembly toolbar).
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click in the graphics area to place the component approximately as shown below.
The saddle.sldprt component is added to the assembly.
You can zoom the view by pressing Z (zoom out) or Shift+Z (zoom in).
6.
7.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Click
3.
To collapse the entire FeatureManager design tree in one step, right-click Assem1 at the top of the
FeatureManager design tree and select Collapse Items.
4.
or Rotate Component
Save the assembly as mill.sldasm. If a message prompts you to rebuild before saving, click Yes.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Mate
(Assembly toolbar).
To make selections easier, rotate the view by dragging with the middle mouse button in the graphics area.
Then, after making the selection, click Previous View
useful as you work through this tutorial.
2.
Select the top face of the knee and the bottom face of the saddle for Entities to Mate
To see how you can flip the alignment of the saddle, under Standard Mates, for Mate alignment:
a.
Click Aligned
b.
Click Anti-Aligned
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The face of the knee and the face of the saddle now lie in the same infinite plane. The mate appears in the
PropertyManager under Mates.
5.
Click
6.
a.
You can only drag side to side and front to back, but not up and down. In some views, it might look
like the saddle is moving out of the coincident plane, but if you check in the Front view or Right view,
you can see that it is not.
b.
7.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Mate
(Assembly toolbar).
2.
Select the corresponding angular faces on the saddle and knee as shown.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select the top face of the saddle and the bottom face of the table.
2.
mate.
Click
(PropertyManager).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You can also select the items to mate before opening the PropertyManager. Hold down Ctrl as you select
the items.
4.
5.
6.
Click Isometric
7.
mate.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Mate
(Assembly toolbar).
If an item was already selected in the graphics area, it appears under Mate Selections. Right-click in the
selection box and click Clear Selections.
2.
3.
mate.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
In the flyout FeatureManager design tree, select the following for Entities to Mate
a.
b.
3.
a.
Click Distance
b.
c.
To see how you can flip the direction of the dimension, select and then clear Flip Dimension several
times.
d.
Click
The positions of the saddle and table are fully defined. In the FeatureManager design tree, the prefix (-) no
longer appears for saddle and table.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
4.
5.
Right-click mill at the top of the FeatureManager design tree and select Collapse Items.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Click each item listed below individually, and drag it into the graphics area. Place the items approximately as
shown.
head.sldprt
bracket.sldprt
scale.sldprt
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click table<1> and select Hide components
The table is hidden, but not removed from the assembly. The icon in the FeatureManager design tree changes
from
to
2.
Click Mate
(Assembly toolbar).
3.
Add a Coincident
mate between the back face of the bracket and the front face of the saddle.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select the top face of bracket and the top face of saddle.
2.
Click Right
3.
a.
Click Distance
b.
c.
d.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Isometric
2.
Add a Coincident
3.
mate between the Right Plane of bracket and the Right Plane of saddle.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Mate
2.
Add a Coincident
bracket.
mate between one of the small bottom faces of the head and the top face of the
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Use Select Other to select one of the holes in the bottom of the head:
a.
Right-click the side face of the head approximately over the hidden hole.
b.
The side face is hidden so you can see the faces underneath. The pointer changes to
. A box
appears with a list of the items that were beneath the pointer when you right-clicked. Hover the
pointer over items, either in the list or in the graphics area, to highlight them in the graphics area.
If the pointer was not directly over the hidden hole when you right-clicked, the hole does not appear
on the list. However, you can still highlight the hole in the graphics area.
c.
Click with the left mouse button when the intended face is highlighted.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
3.
mate.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Drag the head to see that it still has one degree of freedom.
2.
Add a Parallel
3.
a.
b.
Click Parallel
c.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Mate
2.
Add a Concentric
through the head.
mate between the scale and the cylindrical face of the hole that runs lengthwise
3.
Click
4.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click table<1> and select Show components
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Using SmartMates-1
Page 1 of 1
Using SmartMates
With SmartMates, you can create mating relationships automatically by inferencing the geometry of existing
components as you drag new components into the assembly.
Here you create a concentric mate and a coincident mate automatically.
1.
2.
Tile the windows so you can see the part and assembly windows.
3.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree of the pillar document, select Extrude2, the feature with the cylindrical
face you want to mate.
2.
Drag the feature name into the assembly document and over the hole.
3.
Press Tab several times to see how you can toggle the alignment (aligned/anti-aligned).
4.
5.
Repeat steps 1-4 to add a pillar to the hole at the other end of the table.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Isometric
2.
3.
Click
4.
5.
Click each item listed below individually, and drag it into the graphics area. Place the items approximately as
shown.
6.
in the title bar to pin the File Explorer (to keep it visible).
clamp.sldprt
pin.sldprt
Click
to unpin the File Explorer, then close it by clicking anywhere in the graphics area.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Check the Front, Top, and Right views, and drag the clamp and pin into approximately the positions shown.
Front
Top
Right
2.
Click Isometric
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Right-click the center sphere of the triad and select Show Rotate Delta XYZ Box.
3.
In the box:
4.
a.
b.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Add a Concentric
2.
Add a Concentric
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Add a Concentric
mate between the scale and pin. Flip the alignment (aligned/anti-aligned) if
necessary to correctly orient the pin.
Because the scale is already constrained to be concentric with the head, the pin and the clamp move within their
degrees of freedom to the position shown.
2.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Copying Components-1
Page 1 of 1
Copying Components
At the left end of the table, make copies of the clamp and pin.
1.
Hold down Ctrl and drag clamp<1> from the FeatureManager design tree into the graphics area.
Another clamp appears in the graphics area, and clamp<2> appears in the FeatureManager design tree. The
<2> notation indicates the second instance of this part in the assembly.
2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Copying Components-2
Page 1 of 1
2.
In the box:
3.
a.
b.
Click OK three times, so the flats on the clamp are positioned as shown.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Copying Components-3
Page 1 of 1
Add a Concentric
2.
Add a Concentric
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Copying Components-4
Page 1 of 1
Add a Concentric
Do not add a coincident mate between the end face of the scale and the side face of the clamp, because
that over-defines the location of the components.
4.
Click Isometric
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Each mate is identified by the type, instance number, and names of the components.
If you have added or deleted mates, or if you selected mate components in a different order, the names of
the mates in your assembly may differ from those shown here.
2.
Click any mate in the FeatureManager design tree to see the relevant components highlight in the graphics
area.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The features used to make the pillar are displayed. The mates in the mill assembly that involve pillar<1> are
listed in the Mates in mill
2.
folder.
The mates that involve pillar<1> are displayed. The features used to make the pillar are listed in the Features
folder. Displaying the FeatureManager design tree in this way is useful if you want to focus on the structure
or hierarchy of the assembly rather than the details of the sketches and features.
The icon
indicates mates that are in the path to ground. These mates hold the part in position relative to
the origin of the assembly.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Editing a Mate-1
Page 1 of 1
Editing a Mate
Change the Coincident mate between scale<1> and pin<1> to a Distance mate. First use View Mates to find the
mate.
1.
Right-click scale<1> in the FeatureManager design tree and select View Mates
Components that are not involved in mates to scale<1> are hidden. The View Mates dialog box appears and
displays a list of all the mates that involve scale<1>. Two mates between scale<1> and pin<1> are listed one Concentric and one Coincident.
3.
The mate highlights in the graphics area and a mate callout appears.
4.
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Editing a Mate-2
Page 1 of 1
6.
a.
Click Distance
b.
c.
7.
Click
twice.
8.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Isometric
2.
Right-click mill at the top of the FeatureManager design tree and select Collapse Items.
3.
Click Rebuild
4.
Examine the components in the FeatureManager design tree. The prefixes indicate the status of the
locations of the components:
Prefix
(f)
()
none
(Standard toolbar).
Component
knee<1>
scale<1>
pillar<1>
pillar<2>
all other
components
Status
fixed
underdefined
fully
defined
The under-defined components still have a rotational degree of freedom. Their rotational positions are not
relevant to the design intent of this assembly, so it is not necessary to fully constrain them.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Expand Mates
2.
4.
Hold Ctrl, and select Table Lock and Saddle Lock again.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Assembly Visualization
Page 1 of 1
Assembly Visualization
Assembly Visualization provides different ways to display and sort an assembly's components in a list and in the
graphics area.
You can rank components based on the values of their custom properties, and activate a spectrum of colors that
reflects the relative values of the properties for each component.
This tutorial demonstrates the following:
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here:
or open install_dir\samples\tutorial
\assemblyvisualize\food_processor.sldasm.
2.
For a complete list of possible icons, see SolidWorks Help: Assembly Visualization Tab.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
At the top of the last column, click Mass to sort the components by mass.
2.
Click Mass again (if necessary) to list the components from heaviest to lightest.
3.
The vertical bar displays a spectrum of colors from red to blue. In the graphics area, the components
change to the color that is beside their entry in the Assembly Visualization panel. The colors indicate the
relative mass of the components. The heaviest components are shown in red, the lightest in blue, and the
others in shades in between.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
A yellow slider is added to the spectrum. The parts change color in the graphics area.
You can move the color sliders up and down to modify the spectrum. You can right-click a color slider
and change its color or delete it. To return to the original two sliders, right-click any slider and click
Reset all.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Hiding Components
Page 1 of 1
Hiding Components
You can use rollbars to temporarily hide components, to help you focus on a subset of components.
1.
Under the column headers, drag the horizontal bar down and position it below gear-caddy.
2.
At the bottom of the list, drag the horizontal bar up and position it above shaft gear insert.
The three components that weigh the least are hidden. Note that the spectrum adjusts to the visible
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The flyout list contains some commonly used properties. You can also select from any other custom
properties already defined in the components, as demonstrated in the following steps.
2.
Click More.
3.
4.
Click OK.
Cost appears at the top of the property column, and the components are sorted from highest to lowest
cost. In the graphics area, the colors of the parts change accordingly.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Now create and sort by an equation that calculates the extended cost for each part.
1.
2.
Click More.
3.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Click OK.
Extended Cost appears at the top of the property column and the components are sorted from highest to
lowest extended cost. Component rubber feet moves up to the middle of the list. In the graphics area, the
colors of the parts adjust accordingly.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
You can right-click in the header area and select Unit Precision to change the number of decimal
places.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Click OK.
MakeOrBuy appears at the top of the property column.
4.
5.
In the sorting property column, click-pause-click on the blank area for rubber feet.
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
To change the colors, you can right-click and click Group Identical again. To change to specific
colors, you can right click each slider and select Change Color.
2.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the header area of the list, right-click and click Save As.
2.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
The panel closes and its tab disappears. In the graphics area, the model returns to its original coloring.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
The display state is a snapshot of the assembly colors when you created the display state. If you
change the value of a component's MakeOrBuy property, the display state does not update. If you
want an updated display state, you need to return to Assembly Visualization and create a new one.
3.
Under Display States, right-click Visualization Display State-1 and click Properties.
4.
In the PropertyManager:
a. For Display State name, type Visualization - Make or Buy.
b.
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Blocks
Page 1 of 1
Blocks
Create blocks from single or multiple sketch entities. With blocks, you can quickly develop conceptual models of
mechanisms or linkages. These models ultimately include several parts that pivot, slide, or rotate.
The benefit of modeling mechanisms with layout sketches is the speed and flexibility with which designers can
experiment with design variations.
Blocks allow you to:
Tutorial
Four Bar Linkage. Basic blocks lesson with a
rotating motion.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
3.
1.
2.
Click Line
(Sketch toolbar), and coincident with the origin, sketch a horizontal line.
Although dimensions are not required in this layout sketch, you add one dimension as a reference to
proportion the rest of the sketch. This allows you to insert another compatibly-sized block in the sketch. Later, when
you build the crane, you learn how to scale blocks.
4.
Click Line
(Sketch toolbar), and using inferences as you sketch, add three non-parallel and nonperpendicular sketch entities.
5.
Press Esc to clear the tool, and click in the graphics area to clear the selection.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Making Blocks
Page 1 of 1
Making Blocks
1. Click Make Block
(Blocks toolbar).
2. Select the horizontal line for Block Entities, and in the PropertyManager click
(Standard toolbar).
The geometry in the graphics area for all blocks is displayed in gray.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Adding Relations
Page 1 of 1
Adding Relations
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
, then click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select the end point on the right, and drag the Four Bar linkage.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
(Blocks toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Editing Blocks
Page 1 of 1
Editing Blocks
Edit the block so new sketch entities are included in the block.
1.
In this instance, you can add the points to any of the five blocks.
2.
Click Point
(Sketch toolbar), sketch and dimension two points, and then click
3.
Block1-1.
4.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
5.
In the graphics area, choose the bottom left point for Selected Entities.
6.
7.
In the graphics area, choose the horizontal base line for Selected Entities, select Horizontal
click
, and then
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
4.
(Blocks toolbar).
a.
b.
Click to place the block in the graphics area, and then click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Block1-1, select Properties, type Crane Base for Name, then
click OK.
2.
In the FeatureManager design tree, -1 is added to both blocks, to indicate they are the first instance of
each block in Sketch1.
3.
With Upper Arm selected, drag the block to approximately the distance shown from Crane Base.
You can select any sketch entity in a block to drag, rotate, and position an unconstrained block. If the
block's movement is restricted, it means a relation by inference exists between the Crane Base and the Upper
Arm. Delete any relation except the Fix and Horizontal relations applied earlier
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Crane Base-1, and select Save Block.
2.
In the Save As dialog box, type crane_base (the .sldblk extension is added).
3.
4.
In the PropertyManager, under Definition, select Link to file and then click
When you select Link to File, changes made to the original file propagate to all instances of the block or
nested block. When linked to file, you cannot edit the block in the current document.
5.
6.
7.
Click Save
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
(Blocks toolbar).
a.
b.
You can insert blocks and modify the scale, enabling you to use the same block with multiple models.
4.
Click to place the block in the graphics area, and then click
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select any sketch entity on Central Arm-1, drag the block adjacent to the left point in the base, and then click
.
2.
(View toolbar) and zoom in to the top of the base and the bottom of the central arm.
3.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
4.
Select the point on the base, and the center point of the arc for Selected Entities.
If the pointer does not allow you to select the center of arc, use Zoom to Area
5.
, and click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In Edit Sketch mode, select any sketch entity on Upper Arm-1, drag the block close to Central Arm-1, and
then click
2.
3.
Press Esc to clear the view tool, select the point on Upper Arm-1, and drag it until it is coincident to the center
of arc from Central Arm-1.
4.
(View toolbar), zoom in to the top of Central Arm-1and the point on Upper Arm-1.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
With the model in the Edit Sketch mode and none of the blocks underneath selected, pick an entity on the
upper arm and pivot the crane arms by dragging.
2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
4.
5.
(Blocks toolbar).
a.
Go to <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\blocks
b.
c.
Click to place the block in the graphics area, and then click
If the piston is not displayed at approximately the same angle as the cylinder, under Parameters, change
the angle for Block Rotation
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Edit the sketch by dragging the piston so that it fits into the cylinder, click
area to clear the selection.
2.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
3.
(View toolbar).
4.
To select a sketch entity, you must clear Zoom to Area and some of the other tools on the View toolbar.
To clear a tool, press Esc or Enter, or select another tool in its place.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
5.
6.
Page 2 of 2
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar), and then click in the graphics area to clear the
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
In the FeatureManager design tree, press Ctrl and select cylinder-1 and piston-1.
2.
3.
Click
, and in the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Block2-1 and select Save Block.
4.
In the Save As dialog box, type piston_mechanism (the .sldblk extension is added).
5.
Click Rebuild
6.
Right-click Block2-1, select Properties, and type Piston Mechanism for Name.
(Standard toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
In the graphics area, drag the piston mechanism so it is adjacent to the central arm.
Piston Mechanism-1 is too small relative to the rest of the model and needs scaling.
3.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Click
to 1.4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Since Piston Mechanism was linked to file during the scaling edit, the block you insert is sized correctly.
1.
(Blocks toolbar).
2.
3.
In the graphics area, click to place the block to the right of central arm, then click
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Exploding Blocks
Page 1 of 1
Exploding Blocks
Nested blocks prevent motion between sets of blocks below the top level. Explode dissolves blocks from any sketch
entity. To allow motion between the cylinder and the piston, explode the nested block.
The nested block moves, but the piston does not slide in the cylinder.
2.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Piston Mechanism-1 and select Explode Block.
Piston Mechanism-1 > is removed and Piston-1
and Cylinder-1
are displayed.
3.
Repeat with
4.
Select a piston and drag to verify it slides in the cylinder and the colinear relation is intact.
5.
Click Rebuild
(Standard toolbar).
You can explode a block before or after you add relations between the blocks that belong to the nested
block.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The piston mechanisms are no longer nested blocks. Each piston and its accompanying cylinder are separate
blocks with a relation.
1.
Drag Piston-1 adjacent to Upper Arm-1, and then click in the graphics area to clear selection.
2.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
3.
4.
Clear the view tool, and then select the centers of the arcs for Selected Entities.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
, then click
Place the cylinder adjacent to Central_Arm-1, and then click in the graphics area to clear the selection.
7.
(View toolbar) and zoom in to the lower section of the Cylinder-1 and the left side of
8.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(View toolbar).
2.
Drag Piston-2 adjacent to Central_Arm-1, and then click in the graphics area to clear the selection.
3.
4.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar), and select the centers of the arcs for Selected
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
Scroll to the bottom of the cylinder, drag the pointer over the bottom of the cylinder, and when a sketch entity is
highlighted, right-click and choose Select Other.
7.
Drag the pointer down the list until the center of the arc on the cylinder is highlighted in the graphics area and
click to select it.
8.
9.
10.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Open
2.
Select upper_arm.sldblk
b.
Click Open.
The graphics area is blank until you select to edit the block and zoom to fit the document.
3.
Expand Sketch1.
b.
4.
5.
(View toolbar).
6.
7.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Zoom to area and double-click the arc below the one set to a radius of 40.
2.
3.
Double-click one of the 20 mm arcs, change the radius to 40 mm, and then click
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
(View toolbar).
a.
b.
Click Save and Yes to the prompt to replace the existing block.
You can also edit a block document, return to the layout sketch that includes the block that was linked to file,
and select Link to file after editing the block document.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Run a SolidWorks Motion study for a model that includes a spring and a motor.
You must have SolidWorks Motion (available in SolidWorks Premium) to run this tutorial.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Click here
or open <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\MotionStudies\Valve_Cam.sldasm.
Two tabs appear in the lower left region of the graphics area. The tab labeled 1200 includes the motion study for
this tutorial. You can run a motion study from the motion study tab, duplicate the motion study, or create a new
one.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Plot Results
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
and rotate the model to display the camshaft and rocker faces that have contact.
2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(MotionManager toolbar).
3.
4.
b.
c.
a.
b.
Select the face of the rocker and the face of the camshaft where they make contact (graphics area).
Click
A plot appears in the graphics area and the Results folder is added to the MotionManager design tree.
Magnitude of the Contact Force Between the Rocker and the Camshaft (Newtons) vs. Time (sec)
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Right-click on the 1200 tab at the lower left portion of the graphics window, and select Duplicate.
2.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Right-click RotaryMotor2 in the MotionManager design tree, and select Edit Feature.
3.
4.
Click
to 2000 RPM.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Zoom In
(lower right corner of the MotionManager) a few times to zoom in on the timeline.
2.
Click Calculate
(MotionManager toolbar).
The result plot you created for the 1200 motion study is updated for the duplicate study.
Magnitude of the Contact Force Between the Rocker and the Camshaft (Newtons) vs. Time (sec)
Since the contact force is zero for a period of time, the plot shows that the spring is not strong enough to retain
the motion at the higher RPM.
In the motion study, the rocker loses contact with the cam.
The motor is too fast. We can adjust the spring to control it.
Leave the plot open while you perform the next steps.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Right-click the LinearSpring2 (MotionManager design tree) and select Edit Feature.
2.
3.
Click
4.
Click Calculate
5.
to 10.00 N/mm.
.
.
To open the plot if you have closed it, expand Results (MotionManager design tree), right-click the plot,
and select Show Plot.
Magnitude of the Contact Force Between the Rocker and the Camshaft (Newtons) vs. Time (sec)
You can see from the motion and the contact force plot that the rocker maintains contact with the cam.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The hook, made of Alloy Steel, is fixed at the hole and loaded with a 1500 pound force as shown in the figure.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here:
or open <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\cosmosxpress\aw_hook.sldprt .
2.
Click File > Save As and save the part file as aw_hook-test.SLDPRT.
This allows you to use the original file again.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
On the Welcome screen, you set the default system of units for SimulationXpress, specify a folder for saving analysis
results, and set result plot options.
Although you select a specific system of units as the default, you can still use other units in each analysis step.
To set the analysis options:
1.
2.
Click Options.
Set System of units to English (IPS).
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click
to browse to the folder where you want to save the analysis results and click OK.
Select Show annotation for maximum and minimum in the result plots.
Click OK.
Click Next.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Applying Fixtures
Page 1 of 1
Applying Fixtures
The Fixtures step lets you specify how the part is supported.
To fix the face of the hole:
1.
2.
3.
Click
Click Next.
The Loads step appears.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Applying Load
Page 1 of 2
Applying Load
Now you apply a 3000 pound downward force.
To apply the force:
1.
2.
In the graphics area, select the two faces shown in the figure.
Face<1> and Face<2> appear in the selection box in the Force PropertyManager.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Applying Load
Page 2 of 2
Click Next.
The Material step appears.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Assigning Material
Page 1 of 1
Assigning Material
In this step, you assign a material to the part from the SolidWorks Materials library. The hook is made of Alloy Steel.
To assign Alloy Steel to the part:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Click Next.
The Run step appears.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Viewing Results
Page 1 of 1
Viewing Results
The Results step lists the minimum factor of safety of the model approximately as 7.6, which means that the model is
not expected to fail under the specified loads and fixtures.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
4.
5.
In the Mesh PropertyManager under Mesh Density, drag the slider to the right-most position.
6.
Click
7.
Click Next.
8.
The new factor of safety is 7.7, which is about a 2% difference from the original 7.6. This small difference
indicates that the previous results are accurate.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The stress plot is generated on the deformed shape. To illustrate the deformed shape, SimulationXpress
scales the maximum deformation to 10% of the bounding box diagonal.
Annotations for maximum and minimum von Mises stress appear because they were selected in
Options, and a yield strength marker appears at the bottom of the plot legend.
2.
Click one:
Play animation
Stop animation
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You can animate the resultant displacement plot as you did for the equivalent stress plot.
2.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click
to exit SimulationXpress.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The control arm is fixed at the large hole and subjected to a force at the small hole.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here:
or open
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\cosmosxpress\aw_control_arm.sldprt .
2.
Click File > Save As and save the part file as aw_contrl_arm-test.SLDPRT.
This allows you to use the original file again.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Value (units)
5e8 N/m
Mass density
7500 Kg/m
Since all material properties are in the MKS unit system, select this unit system as the default.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Options.
Set System of units to SI.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click
to browse to the folder and click OK.
Select Show annotation for maximum and minimum in the result plots.
Click OK.
Click Next.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Applying Fixtures
Page 1 of 1
Applying Fixtures
To fix the large hole:
1.
2.
3.
Click
Click Next.
The Loads step appears.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Applying Load
Page 1 of 1
Applying Load
In this step, you apply a 4000 Newton force to the upper cylindrical face of the small hole.
The face of the small hole is split by the Split Line command.
To apply the force:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click
Click Next.
The Material step appears.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Assigning Material
Page 1 of 1
Assigning Material
The current material of the part is Steel 1.
Click Next.
The Run step appears.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Viewing Results
Page 1 of 1
Viewing Results
The Results step lists the minimum factor of safety of the model under the specified load and restraint as 6.49, which
means that the model is not expected to fail under the specified fixtures and load.
To assess the safety of various regions of the model based on a specific value for the factor of safety, for example, 8,
type 8 in the box and click Show where the factor of safety (FOS) is below.
Regions in blue have factors of safety larger than 8 (very safe regions). Regions in red have factors of safety less
than 8.
Examination of the factor of safety distribution shows that you can remove material from regions with high values of
factor of safety without affecting the safety of the part.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Cut-Extrude2 and select Edit Feature.
The Cut-Extrude2 PropertyManager appears.
2.
3.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
When you are finished viewing the animation, click Yes, continue.
The new minimum factor of safety is listed as approximately 1.40.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Click Save to accept the default base name of the eDrawings file.
The eDrawings viewer opens and displays the equivalent stress plot. You can also view the displacement,
deformation, and factor of safety plot.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Exiting SimulationXpress
Page 1 of 1
Exiting SimulationXpress
1.
Click
to exit SimulationXpress.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Analysis Examples
Page 1 of 1
Analysis Examples
This section assumes that you have completed lesson 1 and lesson 2.
The purpose of this section is to:
This section does not provide a step-by-step procedural discussion that shows you how to perform each step of
the analysis in detail.
Anchor Plate
Spider
Link
Faucet
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Anchor Plate
Page 1 of 2
Anchor Plate
The anchor plate part of the DE-STA-CO Clamp.375.r assembly is made of Nylon 6/10 plastic. The plate is supported
at its four holes. A force is transmitted to the anchor plate by the bar component. Determine the maximum force the
anchor plate can support while maintaining a factor of safety of 3.0.
Click here:
to open aw_anchor_plate.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\cosmosxpress\aw_anchor_plate.sldprt).
Assign Nylon 6/10 from the SolidWorks Materials database under Plastics.
2.
Restrain the four holes of the plate. Use one fixture set that contains the four faces.
3.
Apply a force of 350 pounds to the face that contacts the bar component. Instead of 350 pounds, you can
apply any other reasonable magnitude. Let us call the force you applied F.
Since design analysis uses approximate methods that include extensive numerical calculations, using
extremely small or extremely large magnitudes of loads can lead to losing accuracy due to machine
precision.
4.
After completing the analysis, the program lists the minimum factor of safety. Suppose that this factor is m. This
means that the anchor plate starts to yield as the magnitude of the force changes from F to mxF.
Based on a factor of safety of 3.0, the maximum force that the anchor plate can safely support is mxF/3.0.
The figure below shows the stress distribution in the anchor plate based on a load of 350 pounds.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Anchor Plate
Page 2 of 2
In normal working conditions, the force on the anchor plate is induced by a force applied to the handle. It is more
realistic to ask about the maximum force that we can safely apply on the handle. SimulationXpress cannot
answer this question properly because it does not support the analysis of assemblies. When isolating a part from
an assembly for analysis, it is difficult to represent the proper load and support conditions. SolidWorks
Simulation supports the analysis of assemblies, allowing you to analyze the whole assembly by applying a force
to the handle.
Spider >>
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Spider
Page 1 of 1
Spider
The spider part is made of Alloy Steel. A force is applied to the face of the central hole. In general, a part can have different
restraint scenarios. Based on a factor of safety of 2.0, determine the maximum force the spider can support when:
Click here:
to open aw_spider.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\cosmosxpress\aw_spider.sldprt).
Use the following guidelines to determine the maximum forces the spider can support:
1.
2.
3.
Assign Alloy Steel from the SolidWorks Materials database under Steel.
Restrain the three outer holes. You can include the three faces in one fixture set or you can define a set for each
face.
Apply an axial force of 500 pounds. Let us call the force F. The axial direction is specified by selecting Plane1 as
the reference plane.
In general, if no existing reference plane is normal to the desired force direction, you need to create a new
reference plane.
4.
After completing the analysis, the program lists the minimum factor of safety. Suppose that this factor is m. Based on a factor
of safety of 2.0, the maximum force that the part can safely support is mxF/2.0.
Go back to the Fixture step and delete one of the fixtures.
appears next to Results in the SimulationXpress study tree, indicating that you need to reanalyze the part.
Rerun the study and calculate the maximum force for this case.
Follow the same procedure to calculate the maximum force that the spider can support when only one outer hole is fixed.
The stress distribution in the three cases are:
The stress increases as less supports are used. Based on a yield strength of 90,000 psi (yield strength of Alloy Steel), the part
is expected to yield under the applied force when one hole is fixed.
Link >>
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Link
Page 1 of 1
Link
The link part is a small component in an ink cartridge assembly. You need to push the arms of the link apart to
assemble the components. To simulate this process, you apply forces normal to the faces of the arms. Determine the
effect of removing the rib on the maximum force that you can apply on each arm safely. The link is made of a plastic
material with the following properties:
Property
Value
0.3
Mass density
0.0014 Kg/cm
Yield strength
2.5e4 N/cm
Click here:
to open aw_link.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\cosmosxpress\aw_link.sldprt).
Use the following guidelines to answer this question:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Enter the material properties of the part according to the above table. The only properties that the program
uses to complete the analysis are the elastic modulus and Poissons ratio. The yield strength is not needed
to calculate stresses but is needed to calculate the factor of safety distribution during viewing results. The
mass density is used to calculate the mass properties in the final report.
Restrain the cylindrical face shown in this figure.
Apply outward forces to the inner faces of the arms. You can define one set for the two faces or define a
set for each face. Remember that the program applies the force you specify to each face in the set. If you
specify a force of 2 pounds on two faces in a force set, you are actually applying a total force of 4 pounds.
Always preview the forces to make sure they are applied in the proper directions.
Analyze the part using default settings.
After completing the analysis, the program lists the minimum factor of safety. Suppose that this factor is m. Based on
a factor of safety of 2.0, the maximum force that the part can safely support is mxF/2.0.
To study the effect of removing the rib, suppress Boss-Extrude1 in the FeatureManager design tree.
appears next to Results in the SimulationXpress study tree, indicating that you need to rerun the simulation.
Rerun the simulation and use the new minimum factor of safety to calculate the maximum force that the part can
support without the rib.
<< Spider
Faucet >>
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Faucet
Page 1 of 1
Faucet
The faucet part is a component in a faucet assembly. Calculate the magnitudes of the front and sideways horizontal
forces that would cause the faucet to yield.
Click here:
to open aw_faucet.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\cosmosxpress\aw_faucet.sldprt).
Use the following guidelines:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assign Copper from the SolidWorks Materials database under Copper Alloys.
Restrain the faces of the vertical inlet pipes.
Apply an inward force of 100 pounds to the end of the pipe.
Run the analysis using default settings.
After completing the analysis, SimulationXpress lists the minimum factor of safety. Suppose that this factor is m.
The program predicts that the faucet will start yielding if a force mxF is applied. Based on a factor of safety of 3.0, the
maximum force that the faucet can safely support is mxF/3.0.
The figure below shows the most critical regions of the faucet based on a factor of safety of 3.0.
Critical regions (in red) of the faucet part based on a factor of safety of 3.0
To study the effect of flipping the direction of the force, go back to Loads and flip the direction of the force.
appears next to Results in the SimulationXpress study tree, indicating that you need to reanalyze the part.
Rerun the study to reanalyze the part under the new load. Using the new minimum factor of safety, calculate the
maximum force that the faucet can support.
Modify the direction of the force so that it pushes the faucet to the side.
Repeat the analysis and evaluate the results again.
<< Link
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Faucet
Page 1 of 1
Faucet
The faucet part is a component in a faucet assembly. Calculate the magnitudes of the front and sideways horizontal
forces that would cause the faucet to yield.
Click here:
to open aw_faucet.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\cosmosxpress\aw_faucet.sldprt).
Use the following guidelines:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assign Copper from the SolidWorks Materials database under Copper Alloys.
Restrain the faces of the vertical inlet pipes.
Apply an inward force of 100 pounds to the end of the pipe.
Run the analysis using default settings.
After completing the analysis, SimulationXpress lists the minimum factor of safety. Suppose that this factor is m.
The program predicts that the faucet will start yielding if a force mxF is applied. Based on a factor of safety of 3.0, the
maximum force that the faucet can safely support is mxF/3.0.
The figure below shows the most critical regions of the faucet based on a factor of safety of 3.0.
Critical regions (in red) of the faucet part based on a factor of safety of 3.0
To study the effect of flipping the direction of the force, go back to Loads and flip the direction of the force.
appears next to Results in the SimulationXpress study tree, indicating that you need to reanalyze the part.
Rerun the study to reanalyze the part under the new load. Using the new minimum factor of safety, calculate the
maximum force that the faucet can support.
Modify the direction of the force so that it pushes the faucet to the side.
Repeat the analysis and evaluate the results again.
<< Link
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Faucet
Page 1 of 1
Faucet
The faucet part is a component in a faucet assembly. Calculate the magnitudes of the front and sideways horizontal
forces that would cause the faucet to yield.
Click here:
to open aw_faucet.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\cosmosxpress\aw_faucet.sldprt).
Use the following guidelines:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assign Copper from the SolidWorks Materials database under Copper Alloys.
Restrain the faces of the vertical inlet pipes.
Apply an inward force of 100 pounds to the end of the pipe.
Run the analysis using default settings.
After completing the analysis, SimulationXpress lists the minimum factor of safety. Suppose that this factor is m.
The program predicts that the faucet will start yielding if a force mxF is applied. Based on a factor of safety of 3.0, the
maximum force that the faucet can safely support is mxF/3.0.
The figure below shows the most critical regions of the faucet based on a factor of safety of 3.0.
Critical regions (in red) of the faucet part based on a factor of safety of 3.0
To study the effect of flipping the direction of the force, go back to Loads and flip the direction of the force.
appears next to Results in the SimulationXpress study tree, indicating that you need to reanalyze the part.
Rerun the study to reanalyze the part under the new load. Using the new minimum factor of safety, calculate the
maximum force that the faucet can support.
Modify the direction of the force so that it pushes the faucet to the side.
Repeat the analysis and evaluate the results again.
<< Link
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Customization Overview
Page 1 of 1
Customization Overview
This tutorial helps you customize the SolidWorks environment.
Save your current settings before starting this lesson so you can restore the original settings later.
Lessons:
Creating custom templates. Customize templates to ensure that everyone uses the same standards, options, etc.
Customizing the user interface. Customize the Task Pane, toolbars, menus, keyboard shortcuts, etc.
Saving custom settings. Create backups of your settings and share them among users.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You can only restore settings if you saved them prior to completing a lesson.
In this procedure, you are asked to close SolidWorks. When you do, this tutorial closes as well. After you close
SolidWorks, you can start it up again and then open the tutorial to this page to continue with these instructions.
2.
Click Start, Programs, SolidWorks <version>, SolidWorks Tools, Copy Settings Wizard
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Part template
Drawing template
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Save your current settings before starting this lesson so you can restore the original settings later.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click New
(Standard toolbar).
2.
3.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
For system options, which are remembered through multiple sessions and releases of the software, see the
User Interface lesson.
1.
Click Options
2.
3.
4.
Single
5.
(Standard toolbar).
Dual
On the right pane, under Primary Precision, select .123 (three decimal places) in Unit Precision.
One-digit precision
Three-digit precision
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
7.
8.
Click OK.
Circular
Triangle
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
a.
Expand Steel.
b.
The material in the FeatureManager design tree updates to Cast Stainless Steel
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
b.
c.
Press Enter.
d.
e.
The dash indicates a placeholder for users to replace with relevant information.
f.
Press Enter.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
h.
The Value / Text Expression changes to "SW-Material@Part1.SLDPRT" and the Evaluated Value indicates
Cast Stainless Steel, which is linked to the material you applied earlier.
i.
j.
k.
Click OK.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
If you want multiple users to have access to this template, browse to a shared network location. All
computers must have file locations set up to access the template.
b.
c.
Click Save.
3.
Click New
(Standard toolbar).
4.
The Templates tab shows the template, steel part. You can use this template for building parts in the future.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Save your current settings before starting this lesson so you can restore the original settings later.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
To complete this tutorial, you must use the drawing tutorial template .
1.
Click New
(Standard toolbar).
2.
In the Advanced version of the dialog box, on the Tutorial tab, click draw.
You are in the Advanced version of the dialog box if the button in the lower left corner of the dialog box
says Novice.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
Move the pointer over the text, <COMPANY NAME>. When the pointer changes to
note.
4.
5.
Click Note
6.
7.
(View toolbar) to zoom to the title block and then press Esc.
, double-click the
(Annotation toolbar).
Using tools on the Formatting pop-up toolbar, customize the text (font, size, etc.).
Because the text may extend off the screen, press CTRL+A to select all of the text.
9.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Note
(Annotation toolbar).
2.
3.
Type Author:
4.
5.
In the dialog box, select SW-Author from the list, then click OK.
When you set the author as a custom property in the drawing document, the name will appear in the title block
when you use this template. If you want to use the author specified in the part or assembly document, select
Model in view specified in sheet properties.
6.
Press Enter.
7.
Type Date:
8.
9.
In the dialog box, select SW-Long Date from the list, then click OK.
10.
Using tools on the Formatting pop-up toolbar, customize the text (font, size, etc.).
Because the text may extend off the screen, press CTRL+A to select all of the text.
11.
Click
Right-click the sheet and select Edit Sheet to finish editing the sheet.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
in a model.
1.
(Drawing toolbar).
2.
3.
Click
4.
5.
When you insert a model into this view, a top view will appear.
6.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
8.
Insert another predefined view, and click to place the view as shown.
When you insert a model into this view, a right view will appear.
9.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
For system options, which are remembered through multiple sessions and releases of the software, see the
User Interface lesson.
1.
Click Options
(Standard toolbar).
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
On the right pane, under Unit system, select MMGS (millimeter, gram, second).
7.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
b.
If you want multiple users to have access to this template, browse to a shared network location. All
computers must have file locations set up to access the template.
c.
d.
Click Save.
3.
Click New
(Standard toolbar).
4.
The Templates tab shows the template, ISO drawing. You can use this template for future drawings.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Save your current settings before starting this lesson so you can restore the original settings later.
In this lesson, you learn how to customize the Task Pane, toolbars, menus, keyboard shortcuts, and other elements
of the user interface.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Task Pane
Page 1 of 1
Task Pane
The Task Pane is at the right of the window when you first open the software. You can collapse, pin, float, and hide
the Task Pane.
To adjust the size of the Task Pane, drag it from the left.
to pin it open.
. You can still float and hide the Task Pane when it is pinned.
To dock the Task Pane again, drag it back to the border or double-click the header.
To toggle visibility of the Task Pane, click to the left of the Task Pane tabs.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
CommandManager
Page 1 of 1
CommandManager
You can add toolbars to the CommandManager, float it, and hide descriptions.
1.
Click New
The CommandManager is above the graphics area, with Features selected in the control area.
2.
3.
4.
In the dialog box, on the Commands tab, in Categories, select Flyout Toolbars.
5.
To toggle visibility of the descriptions of the toolbars and tools, right-click in the CommandManager and
select Use Large Buttons with Text.
You can also toggle the CommandManager visibility. Right-click in the window border and select
CommandManager.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Toolbars
Page 1 of 1
Toolbars
You can customize display of toolbars and their tools. The visibility of toolbars is based on the document type (part,
assembly, drawing, or none). You can add flyout toolbars and tools, and move and remove tools to make the tools
you use frequently more readily available.
The Standard and View toolbars and the CommandManager are visible in the new part document you opened.
Another useful toolbar is Standard Views.
1.
2.
3.
On the Commands tab, select Flyout Toolbars in Categories, then drag Tools
Standard Views toolbar.
4.
5.
With the Customize dialog box still open, on the toolbar, drag Isometric
6.
Drag Trimetric
from the toolbar into the graphics area to remove it from the toolbar.
7.
Click OK.
8.
9.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Menus
Page 1 of 1
Menus
You can hide or show items on main menus and shortcut menus.
Hide and show items on the Edit menu.
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Keyboard Shortcuts
Page 1 of 1
Keyboard Shortcuts
You can add, delete, and edit keyboard shortcuts.
2.
a.
b.
3.
Click in the Shortcut(s) field and press a lowercase t; it will be capitalized automatically .
Letters are shown only in uppercase; for example, Shift+Z. A message informs you if a key is already
assigned to another command.
4.
Click OK.
1.
Click Sketch
2.
Press t.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
System Options
Page 1 of 1
System Options
The Options dialog box contains System Options and Document Properties. System options apply to the
software environment rather than to specific documents.
For Document Properties, which apply only to the active document and are often saved in document
templates, see the Creating a Custom Part Template lesson.
Set file locations.
1.
Click Options
(Standard toolbar).
2.
3.
4.
Click Add.
5.
Browse to My Documents, click Make New Folder, type Sheet Formats, then click OK.
6.
At the prompt asking whether to change the search paths, click Yes.
7.
Under Folders, select the new entry and click Move Up.
2.
3.
4.
Click
, browse to My Documents, click Make New Folder, type Backups, then click OK.
Click OK.
6.
At the prompt asking whether to change the search paths, click Yes.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Color Options
Page 1 of 1
Color Options
Color options are another category of system options. In this topic, you specify the background color for the
graphics area and a color for the sketch grid.
1.
(Standard toolbar).
2.
3.
4.
5.
The Viewport Background color applies when Plain is selected. Top Gradient Color and Bottom
Gradient Color apply when Gradient (Top/Bottom Gradient colors above) is selected.
6.
7.
Click Save As Scheme, type White Background for New scheme name, and click OK.
8.
9.
10.
Click Sketch
(Sketch toolbar), select the Front plane to view the grid lines, then close the sketch.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You can customize the CommandManager and menus manually to achieve the same or similar results.
1.
2.
On the Options tab, select Consumer product design, then click OK.
The Surfaces toolbar is added to the CommandManager because it applies to Consumer Product Design.
4.
5.
To show the hidden menu item, select Weldments, then click outside the menu.
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Save your current settings before starting this lesson so you can restore the original settings later.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Options
(Standard toolbar).
On the System Options tab, select the following options from the left and right panes:
Left pane
Sketch
Right pane
Create sketch on new part
FeatureManager
Display/Selection
2.
Click OK.
Anti-alias edges
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In this procedure, you are asked to close SolidWorks. When you do, this tutorial closes as well. After you close
SolidWorks, you can start it up again and then open the tutorial to this page to continue with these instructions.
1.
2.
In Windows, click Start, All Programs, SolidWorks <version>, SolidWorks Tools, Copy Settings Wizard
.
3.
4.
b.
c.
d.
Click Finish.
5.
6.
b.
c.
d.
Click Finish.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Close the welcome page if it appears and reduce the size of the SolidWorks Design Checker window .
2.
a.
b.
Select ISO.
tab:
The document to be evaluated will be checked to ensure that the Overall drafting standard in Tools,
Options, Document Properties, Drafting Standard is set to ISO.
c.
d.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
4.
The document to be evaluated will be checked throughout the graphics area to ensure that the units are the
same as those defined in Tools, Options, Document Properties, Units. This check differs from the Document
Check Unit Setting because that check ensures that the units at the document level are compliant, whereas
this check looks at the units at the graphics area level.
5.
6.
The above file path is valid for the Windows 7 operating system. To check the location of the sheet format
templates, click Tool, Options, System Options, File Locations. In Show folders for, select Sheet Formats.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Checking a Document
Page 1 of 1
Checking a Document
Now that you have created a requirements file, you can run the file against a SolidWorks document to see if the
document meets your requirements.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select tutorial in Standard files and clear all other selected standard files.
, browse to tutorial.swstd,
This option lets you check your model using one or more *.swstd files. Make sure that only tutorial is
selected for a standard file.
5.
The Design Checker runs the requirements file against the drawing and reports only the failed tests.
Failed Checks are organized by criticality level: Critical, High, Medium, and Low. Because you did not
assign any criticality levels to the checks, all are set to the default, High.
6.
Expand each check and select the failed entity to see the failing parameters and values:
Dimension's Units Setting Check. This check failed because two dimensions do not use the
document's settings.
b.
Sheet1, Sheet2, and Sheet3 do not reference the c - Landscape format from the correct directory
path.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Auto Correct All corrects all failed checks for which Design Checker supports autocorrection and triggers
revalidation of the document.
2.
Select the remaining failed checks from the tree under Drawing Document's Standard Template Check,
and click Correct Selected.
3.
Click Recheck Document to revalidate the document. The drawing is now per standard.
4.
or Save Report
to create a report.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Design Tables
Page 1 of 1
Design Tables
In this lesson you use a design table to create several variations of a part. If you have completed the lessons on
basic parts, assemblies, and drawings, you have already created the sample part. If not, you can find the sample
part in the sample folder <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\designtables.
To use a design table, you must have Microsoft Excel on your computer.
This lesson demonstrates the following:
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Renaming Features
Page 1 of 1
Renaming Features
It is a good practice to give meaningful names to the features in your parts, especially when you plan to use a
design table. This eliminates confusion in complex parts, and helps other people who use the parts later.
1.
Click here:
to open tutor1.sldprt or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\designtables\tutor1.sldprt.
2.
You can also select features in the FeatureManager design tree, then press F2 to rename them.
3.
5.
To give descriptive names to features as you create them, click Tools, Options, System Options,
FeatureManager, then select Name feature on creation. Each time you create a new feature, the name of the
new feature in the FeatureManager design tree is automatically highlighted, and ready for you to type a new
name.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Displaying Dimensions
Page 1 of 1
Displaying Dimensions
You can display or hide all the dimensions for all the features of the part. Then you can turn the
display of dimensions on and off, either individually, or on a feature-by-feature basis.
1. Right-click the Annotations
Feature Dimensions.
All the dimensions for the part appear. Notice that the dimensions that are part of a features
definition (such as the depth of an extruded feature) are blue.
If you cannot see the dimensions, click Rebuild
need to move the dimensions to see them clearly.
2. Right-click the Fillet2 feature, and select Hide All Dimensions. Do the same for the Fillet3
and Shell1 features.
All the dimensions for these features are hidden.
3. Right-click one of the 60mm dimensions, and select Hide.
This individual dimension is hidden. It belongs to the Knob feature.
To restore hidden dimensions, right-click the feature in the FeatureManager design tree
whose dimensions are either partially or completely hidden, and select Show All
Dimensions.
4. If the Dimension PropertyManager is open, click
to close it.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Linking Values
Page 1 of 1
Linking Values
Linking values is a way to control values that are not part of a sketch, such as the depth of two
extruded features.
You link dimensions by assigning them the same variable name. Then you can modify the value of
any of the linked dimensions, and all of the other dimensions with the same variable name change
accordingly.
You can unlink any of the dimensions without affecting the ones that you want to remain linked.
For this lesson, you set the extrusion depths of the Box and the Knob equal to each other.
1. Right-click the dimension for the extruded depth (50) of the Box, and select Link Values.
2. In the dialog box, type depth for Name, and click OK.
3. Right-click the dimension for the depth (25) of the Knob, and select Link Values.
The linked dimensions appear with a red symbol indicating that they share the same value:
4. Click the down-arrow in the Name box, select depth from the list, and click OK. (Each time
you define a new Name variable, it is added to this list.)
Notice that the two dimensions now have the same name, depth. They use the dimension
value of the first dimension you clicked (50).
5. Click Rebuild
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Renaming Dimensions
Page 1 of 1
Renaming Dimensions
You can change individual dimension names. Renaming dimensions is especially useful when you plan to use a
design table. You use the dimension names to identify the elements you plan to change, and as headings in the
design table worksheet.
1.
2.
In the Dimension PropertyManager, under Primary Value, replace the text with knob_dia.
3.
Click
5.
Click OK
to close the Dimension PropertyManager, and press Ctrl+s to save the part.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Verifying Relations-1
Page 1 of 1
Verifying Relations
Before you proceed, you should define some geometric relations that ensure that the knob is
positioned correctly with respect to the center of the box, regardless of the size. Relations add to the
integrity of the design, and they are often the most effective way to convey the design intent
accurately.
1. In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Knob and select Edit Sketch
2. Click Normal To
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Verifying Relations-2
Page 1 of 1
The circle turns black, indicating the sketch is now fully defined.
4. Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Verifying Relations-3
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
If you move the pointer over a box or an icon in the PropertyManager, a tooltip appears with the name of the
box or icon.
3.
box.
The entities are highlighted in the graphics area. More information about each relation is shown under
Entities.
4.
Click OK
5.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Isometric
2.
Click OK.
Press Z to zoom out or Shift+Z to zoom in so you can see all of the parts dimensions in the graphics area.
Use Pan
To pan, you can also hold down Ctrl and press the arrow keys.
5.
Click Select
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
If you accidentally click outside the worksheet before entering all the values, the worksheet closes. To re-open it,
click the ConfigurationManager tab
Design Table
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager:
3.
, right-click
Under Edit Control, select Block model edits that would update the design table so you are not
allowed to change the model if these changes would update the design table.
Under Options, clear New parameters and New configurations so that any changes you make to
the model do not update the design table.
Click
An Excel worksheet appears in the part document window. Excel toolbars replace the SolidWorks toolbars.
By default, the third row (cell A3) is named First Instance, and column header cell B2 is active.
4.
The dimension name is inserted in cell B2 and the dimension value is inserted in cell B3. The adjacent
column header cell, C2, is activated automatically.
To uncover dimensions hidden by the design table, point at the Excel worksheets outer dashed border and
drag the worksheet to another location in the graphics area. To resize the worksheet, drag the handles at the
corners or sides.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click each dimension value in the graphics area, in the order shown in the list below, to insert the remaining
dimension names and values into the worksheet. Do not include depth@Box (50mm).
Dimension Name (Table Cell)
box_height@Sketch1 (C2)
knob_dia@Sketch2 (D2)
hole_dia@Sketch3 (E2)
fillet_radius@Outside_corners (F2)
depth@Knob (G2)
If you see $STATE@ followed by a feature name in a column header cell, you selected a face instead of a
dimension value in the graphics area. To replace a feature name with a dimension name, click the cell in the
worksheet, then double-click the correct dimension value in the graphics area.
The worksheet should now match the image below.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
blk2 120 90 50
blk3 90 150 60
blk4 120 120 30
40
10
10
15
30
25
30
15
90
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
First Instance
blk2
blk3
blk4
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
4.
To close the design table, click anywhere in the graphics area outside the design table.
The configurations update to reflect the changes.
When using design tables or any other OLE object, you may need to click Zoom to Fit
returning to the SolidWorks window.
when
2.
In the dialog box, click Yes to delete the design table, or No to retain it.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Prepare a model for conversion to a manufacturing drawing to ensure that the part will be built correctly.
Prepare several parts for the TolAnalyst add-in. TolAnalyst automatically recognizes tolerances and
dimensions created in DimXpert.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here
, or in install_dir\samples\tutorial\DimXpert, open
Bracket_Auto_PlusMinus.sldprt.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
What are the differences between Prismatic and Turned part types?
b.
What are the differences between Geometric and Plus and Minus tolerance types?
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
4.
5.
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click
2.
Front view
The instance count (3x) is part of the R2 radius dimension.
Right view
The instance count and chain dimensions are part of the 3X counterbore hole pattern.
Top view
The instance count and chain dimensions are part of the 2X counterbore hole pattern.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
With the dimensioned part open, click File > Make Drawing from Part.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Import Annotations
DimXpert Annotations
Auto-start projected view
a.
b.
c.
d.
Drag the Front view from the Task Pane to the lower left corner of the drawing sheet
.
Move the cursor to the Front view, move the cursor up, and then click to place the Top view.
Move the cursor to the Front view, move the cursor right, and then click to place the Right view.
Move the cursor to the Front view, move the cursor up and to the right, and then click to place the
Isometric view.
e.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here
, or in install_dir\samples\tutorial\DimXpert, open
Coupling_Auto_Geo.sldprt.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
b.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
3.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click
The dimension and tolerance scheme appears. You can move each dimension, change its value and
tolerance, and customize its display.
This illustration shows a section view of the part to help you understand how it is constructed.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here
, or in install_dir\samples\tutorial\DimXpert, open
Bracket_Auto_Manual.sldprt.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Rotate the model so that you can see it from the back.
2.
3.
5.
6.
7.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Rotate the model so that you can see it from the back.
2.
3.
5.
6.
7.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Move the model so that you can see the slot from an angle. Select a face of the slot.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Dimensioning Manually
Page 1 of 1
Dimensioning Manually
In this section, you create some dimensions manually.
1.
2.
3.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
(DimXpert toolbar).
2.
Turn the model to the front so that you can see the rib.
3.
4.
5.
Turn the model and select the other side of the rib.
6.
7.
8.
(DimXpert toolbar) enabled, the rib sides are yellow, indicating that it is
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Rotate the model so that you can see it from the back.
2.
3.
5.
6.
7.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
DriveWorksXpress
Page 1 of 1
DriveWorksXpress
Use DriveWorksXpress to set up base models from which you can generate custom versions of models and
drawings. Do the design work only once: identify the key variables and their interrelationships and design a form to
collect the required data. You specify the characteristics of the new model, and the variation is generated
automatically.
Set up a DriveWorksXpress project for a pre-designed model on your local hard drive:
Create a working directory for the DriveWorksXpress model and database.
Select parameters and features whose values are specified in the model variations.
Create a data entry form that takes parameter values as inputs.
Define rules that specify how the model varies with parameter values.
2. Enter parameter values and run DriveWorksXpress to generate new models and drawings.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
<< DriveWorksXpress
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Creating a Database
Page 1 of 1
Creating a Database
DriveWorksXpress stores model variation information in a Microsoft database (.mdb) file.
1.
2.
3.
c.
Click Open.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
tool to identify information in the original model that will drive model variations.
After you have created a database and added a model this option reads Add/Edit Models.
2.
The Captured Models pane appears, with the open model in the DriveWorksXpress tree.
3.
4.
5.
Click
and then
should be open.
tab.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
tab.
4.
5.
Type Beam Length in the Name text box and click Add.
The beam length is listed under Dimensions in the DriveWorksXpress Dimensions and Features pane.
If you cannot type in the Name box, select the dimension line and not the dimension value.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Type Beam Height in the Name text box and click Add.
The beam height is listed under Dimensions in the DriveWorksXpress Dimensions and Features pane.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Double-click the Lower Layout sketch in the SolidWorks FeatureManager to display the leg height and
minimum overlap dimensions.
4.
tab.
D2@Lower Layout@Leg.Part appears in the Address text box in the Dimensions and Features pane.
5.
Type Leg Height in the Name text box and click Add.
The leg height is listed under Dimensions in the DriveWorksXpress Dimensions and Features pane.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
D4@Lower Layout@Leg.Part appears in the Address text box in the Dimensions and Features pane.
2.
Type Minimum Overlap in the Name text box and click Add.
The minimum overlap is listed under Dimensions in the DriveWorksXpress Dimensions and Features
pane.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Inner Diagonal appears in the Address and Name text boxes in the Dimensions and Features pane.
2.
Click Add.
The inner diagonal is listed under Features in the DriveWorksXpress Dimensions and Features pane.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Select Project and Safe Working Load. This includes the project number and safe working load in
drawings of generated models.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
tab.
2.
Under Drawing, click Browse, and navigate to the folder where your copied files are.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Enabling Configurations
Page 1 of 1
Enabling Configurations
Select configurations for generated models. Select the beam, which has three configurations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Click
tab.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the DriveWorksXpress Forms pane, type Project Number in the Name text box.
2.
3.
Select Required.
4.
Click
5.
Type Safe Working Load in the Name text box and select Drop Down for Type.
6.
7.
, then Add.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Type Opening Height for Name, and select Spin Button for Type.
The Minimum Value, Maximum Value, and Increment text boxes appear.
2.
Type 1500 for Minimum Value, 2500 for Maximum Value, and 50 for Increment.
The units for these values (metric) are taken from the gantry model and are not entered in the form.
3.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Add.
2.
Type Opening Width for Name, select Numeric Text Box for Type and select Required.
The Minimum Value and Maximum Value text boxes appear.
3.
Type 1500 for Minimum Value and 4000 for Maximum Value.
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
pane.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Creating Rules
Page 1 of 1
Creating Rules
Based on your captured parameter selections, DriveWorksXpress lists the rules you must create from the Rules
pane.
editor. You can type rules directly into the text area or select commands from
Three rules to specify file names for the generated model, parts, and drawings
One configuration rule
Two custom property rules
Four dimension rules
One feature rule
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
In the Rules
pane, select the Edit check box adjacent to the File Names rule type, and click
2.
3.
In the DriveWorksXpress Rule Builder dialog box select Inputs > Project Number.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
In the Rules
2.
In the DriveWorksXpress Rule Builder dialog box select Inputs > ProjectNumber and Math > &.
3.
Type " " (including the space), and select Math > & and Inputs > OpeningWidth.
4.
Select Math > & and type " Wide - " (including the quotes, spaces, and hyphen).
5.
Select:
6.
Type " Safe Working Load" (including the quotes and spaces).
7.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
In the Rules
pane, double-click Leg and in the DriveWorksXpress Rule Builder dialog box select:
2.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click
2.
In the Rules
3.
Click
4.
In the DriveWorksXpress Rule Builder dialog box, select Inputs > SafeWorkingLoad.
5.
Click OK.
pane, clear Edit next to File Names and select Edit next to Configurations.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click
2.
In the Rules pane, clear Edit next to Configurations and check Edit next to Custom Properties.
3.
Click
4.
Double-click Project.
5.
In the DriveWorksXpress Rule Builder dialog box select Inputs > ProjectNumber.
6.
Click OK.
7.
8.
In the DriveWorksXpress Rule Builder dialog box select Inputs > SafeWorkingLoad.
9.
Click OK.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click
2.
In the Rules
3.
Click
4.
In the DriveWorksXpress Rule Builder dialog box select Inputs > OpeningHeight.
5.
6.
7.
pane, clear Edit next to Custom Properties and check Edit next to Dimensions.
The cursor appears before the first comma of the IF expression IF( , , ).
8.
9.
Type = "500 Kg" after the variable. Place the cursor after the first comma and type 200, then place it
after the second comma and type 250. Click OK.
The rule is IF( SafeWorkingLoad = "500 Kg", 200 , 250).
This expression specifies the beam height according to the value of the safe working load. If the value
of the variable SafeWorkingLoad is 500 Kg, the beam height is set to 200 mm. Otherwise, the beam
height is 250 mm.
You must place quotes around the string value "500 Kg" for the SafeWorkingLoad variable in the
rule. You must type the string exactly as you enter it in the form.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Math > (
Inputs > OpeningHeight
Math > /
Type or cut and paste the following text after the division symbol: 10) + 100.
The rule (OpeningHeight / 10) + 100 divides the opening height by 10 and adds 100 to the result.
4.
Click OK.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the Rules
pane, clear Edit next to Dimensions, check Edit next to Features, and click Next
.
3.
4.
In the DriveWorksXpress Rule Builder dialog box, select Logic > IF.
The cursor appears before the first comma of the IF expression IF( , , ).
5.
6.
Place the cursor after the first comma and type "Unsuppress".
IF(OpeningWidth > 3000 , "Unsuppress",)
7.
Place the cursor after the second comma, type "Suppress" and click OK. The rule is:
IF(OpeningWidth > 3000 , "Unsuppress", "Suppress")
This rule displays the inner diagonal feature when the beam length is greater than 3000 and otherwise
suppresses it.
You are done configuring DriveWorksXpress.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
In the Run
Click
to generate the new model, and click Close when the run is complete.
The 500 Kg safe working load model variation appears in SolidWorks with the inner diagonal feature
suppressed. The new assembly, parts, and drawings files are created in the
DriveWorksXpressTutorial folder:
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
eDrawings Overview
Page 1 of 1
To complete these lessons, you must have eDrawings 2008 or higher installed on your computer. You can
download the viewer free from www.eDrawingsViewer.com.
The lessons in this tutorial are:
SolidWorks eDrawings
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
eDrawings
Page 1 of 1
SolidWorks eDrawings
This lesson introduces you to these topics:
Sharing files
Viewing components
Shading views
Animating models
Creating layouts
Hyperlinking views
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You can view any SolidWorks document from SolidWorks 97Plus and later.
1.
Double-click eDrawings
on your desktop.
2.
3.
In the dialog box, select SolidWorks Files (*.sldprt, *.sldasm, *.slddrw) in Files of type.
4.
Open <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\edraw\claw\claw-mechanism.sldasm.
(Standard toolbar).
The SolidWorks assembly opens. You can open SolidWorks part, assembly, and drawing documents, DXF/DWG
files, 3D XML, Pro/ENGINEER, and eDrawings files in the eDrawings Viewer. eDrawings files are formatted
specifically for viewing with the eDrawings Viewer.
5.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Sharing Files
Page 1 of 1
Sharing Files
To share eDrawings files, use:
The Send
tool to send files via email as eDrawings, Zip, HTML, or executable files.
The eDrawings Viewer to save an eDrawings file as a Zip, HTML, or executable file, then attach the file to an
email.
1.
2.
Click Send
3.
4.
Click OK.
(Standard toolbar).
The email message opens in your default email program. The file, claw-mechanism.htm, is attached to the
email message.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
The claw-mechanism.htm file opens inside the eDrawings Viewer within your browser. You can manipulate the
file as if you opened it in the eDrawings Viewer.
3.
Click View, Toolbars, and clear Large Buttons to use more compact buttons without the tool name
displayed.
4.
Click Rotate
5.
(View toolbar) in the eDrawings Viewer, then drag the model to rotate it.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Viewing Components
Page 1 of 1
Viewing Components
You can hide components or make them transparent to help view items in assembly files.
1.
2.
3.
Right-click the pin in the graphics area and select Hide Others to view only this component.
4.
In the graphics area, right-click anywhere and select Show All to show all the hidden components.
5.
To look inside the red Collar-1 component, right-click it and select Make Transparent.
Right-click the component and select Make Solid to return it to a solid state.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Shading Views
Page 1 of 1
Shading Views
Display the model in Shaded, Shaded with Edges, or Hidden Lines Removed (HLR) display mode.
1.
Click View, Show Edges When Shaded to turn on the edge display.
3.
Click Shaded
4.
Click Shaded
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Animating Models
Page 1 of 1
Animating Models
You can animate SolidWorks eDrawings part or assembly models and drawing views. In this example, you animate
a SolidWorks eDrawings drawing.
1.
2.
Click Next
The model rotates to the next view in the sequence. On the Sheets tab
displayed view highlights
3.
Click Previous
The model rotates continuously through all the views in the sequence.
5.
Click Stop
6.
Click Home
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Creating Layouts
Page 1 of 1
Creating Layouts
Layouts let you look at related drawing views together, regardless of their original locations or drawing sheets. You
can create multiple layouts in SolidWorks or SolidWorks eDrawings drawing documents.
You can move and delete views in layouts, which you cannot do in drawing documents.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
The Overview window opens and displays an overview of the original SolidWorks eDrawings sheet.
Drag Drawing View3 from the upper-right corner of the Overview window, as shown above, onto the layout
to the right of Drawing View2*.
The graphics area zooms to fit both drawing views. Drawing View3* is added to Layout1 on the Sheets
tab.
You can also drag drawing views from the Sheets tab
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select the section line and click below the current views to place the section view.
The associated section view, Section View A-A*, appears in the graphics area and is added to Layout1 on the
Sheets tab
3.
Click the Sheet1 tab below the graphics area to display the drawing sheet. Then click the Layout1 tab to
return to the layout.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Drag the drawing view to the lower-left corner of the graphics area.
3.
Drag Section View A-A* next to Drawing View2* in the layout graphics area. If necessary, use the zoom
tools.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Hyperlinking Views
Page 1 of 1
1.
Sheet1 appears in the graphics area. On the Sheets tab, the icon for Sheet1 changes to
highlighted.
2.
(View toolbar).
3.
In the graphics area, zoom to show the drawing view with the section line and the associated section view.
4.
Click Select
(View toolbar) and move the pointer over the section line A-A in the drawing view.
Both the section line and the title of the associated section view, A-A, are highlighted.
5.
Select section lines in a view or annotations in a section view to switch between the related views. You can
also switch between detail callouts and detail views the same way.
Congratulations! You have completed this lesson. Click here to start the SolidWorks eDrawings
Professional lesson.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
eDrawings Professional
Page 1 of 1
Measuring entities
Marking up files
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You must open the review-enabled claw-mechanism.easm file from the samples folder to complete this
tutorial. If you do not have eDrawings Professional and you open the file created in the eDrawings tutorial, the
Markup toolbar does not appear and the tools on the Professional toolbar are not available.
2.
(Components tab
).
3.
4.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Click Home
Home
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Moving Sub-Assemblies
Page 1 of 1
Moving Sub-Assemblies
You can move sub-assemblies in the eDrawings Viewer.
1.
SubTopAssy-1
SubtoSubTopAssy-1
2.
3.
In the Move Component dialog box, select Use triad or enter values.
4.
, select SubTopAssy-1.
Drag the arrows on the triad to move the sub-assembly. Click in the graphics area to place it.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You can also return all components to their original locations by clicking Home
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
In the graphics area, Ctrl + select the circle and ellipse components.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the Move Component dialog box, select Use triad or enter values.
2.
The triad appears. The entire sub-assembly, including the nested sub-assembly, is highlighted. The nested
sub-assembly is a child of the parent sub-assembly. When you move the parent, the child also moves, while
preserving its location relative to the parent.
3.
Drag the triad to move the sub-assembly and click to place it.
4.
Click Home
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Measuring Entities
Page 1 of 1
Measuring Entities
You can use the Measure
tool to dimension entities in part, assembly, and drawing files. You can measure
items such as edges, including circular edges belonging to holes, linear edges, and planar faces, distances
between points, and distances between faces.
1.
2.
3.
Click Measure
tab.
4.
on the
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
The result in the callout and on the tab changes to 170.827 mm.
2.
3.
Click an empty space in the graphics area to clear the measure results.
Move the point to the end of the cylinder as shown, then click.
The circle diameter and center point X, Y, and Z positions are displayed.
2.
Click Measure
Measure results are displayed only as long as the Measure tool is active.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Home
(Professional toolbar).
A cross section plane appears on the XY axis. The Cross Section tab
eDrawings Manager.
2.
Drag the cross section plane up and down in the graphics area.
The cross section view of the model dynamically updates.
3.
4.
5.
To view normal to the cross section plane, click View normal to Plane
cannot drag the plane in this view.
6.
7.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Marking Up Files
Page 1 of 1
Marking Up Files
You can mark up files with tools from the Markup toolbar. Markup entities in the graphics area can be text, clouds,
geometric elements (such as lines and circles), and dimensions. Markup entities are associated with comments. In
this example, you add a cloud with text and a leader.
1.
.
<User name> - Comment1 as a new
Click to the left of the red component in the graphics area to begin the leader and again (further to the left) to
place the cloud.
3.
The cloud with text appears, attached to the leader. The cloud automatically sizes to accommodate he text.
The cloud is associated with Comment1.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
A new comment,
<user name> - RE: Comment 1, appears as a threaded discussion string
connected to Comment1. In the graphics area, the cloud changes color.
To change the color of the comment to which you reply, click Options
box, on the Markup tab, select Original comment color and choose a color.
3.
In the Description box on the Markup tab, type This component should be shorter.
Text in the Description box does not appear in the graphics area.
4.
The model rotates and the cloud disappears from the graphics area.
Comment entities and replies to comments are visible only in the model state in which you create them. If
you change the model state, for example by rotating it, existing comments disappear from the graphics area and
you can only add a new comment, not reply to an existing one. Comments remember the model state at the time
of creation.
5.
(Markup tab).
6.
Click Circle
(Markup tab). In the graphics area, click to place the center of the circle and drag to sketch
the diameter as shown.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The model rotates to display the cloud in Comment1. Comment3, which contains the circle, disappears
from the graphics area.
2.
The cloud, text, and leader are highlighted, and handles appear in the graphics area.
3.
When you drop the leader, the handles disappear and the comment is no longer highlighted in the graphics
area.
4.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
In the dialog box, browse to a folder, select eDrawings (*.eprt) in Save as type, then click Save.
4.
In the dialog box, choose Selected configurations, select 0.625, 1, 2S, and Default from the list, then click
OK.
The Saving eDrawings file progress box reports on the save process, and the eDrawings file is created.
5.
Select the thumbnail images or the tabs below the graphics area to switch between configurations.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Event-based motion requires a set of tasks. The tasks can be sequential or can overlap in time. Each task is defined
by a triggering event and its associated task action. Task actions control or define motion during the task.
The tutorial model is set up for the following event-based motion study tasks:
Task 1: Use a position sensor to stop the motion of a plate at a given location after .01 seconds.
Tasks 2-4: Turn on three displacement servo motors. Each servo motor is set to move in one of the three
spatial directions.
Task 5: Activate the servo motors to move the robot to its welding X, Y, Z position.
Task 6: Begin welding when the robot is in position.
Task 7: Activate the servo motors to move the robot back to its original position.
You must have a SolidWorks Simulation Professional license and you must add in SolidWorks Motion to run
this tutorial.
A Closer Look at Event-based Motion Studies
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here:
or open
install_dir\samples\tutorial\MotionStudies\weldingrobot\weldingrobot.sldasm.
2.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
This step places the assembly components in their initial positions and initializes the motor values.
2.
3.
Click
4.
Right-click the sensor in the FeatureManager design tree and click Edit Sensor.
Notice this is a proximity type sensor, sensing the position of an assembly component in motion. For this
model, the sensor is in place to indicate when the plate to weld has reached its required position.
A Closer Look at Sensors
5.
Click
6.
Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the other motors in this study and observe that these are displacement servo
motors.
A Closer Look at Servo Motors
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You can specify triggers from sensors or tasks, or you can specify time-based triggers.
From the Trigger dialog box, you can click Add Sensor to create a new sensor trigger.
2.
Do not change the trigger selection and click OK to close the dialog box.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Click Calculate
(MotionManager toolbar).
Event-based key points appear in the timeline as the events take place.
3.
4.
Hover over a key point to view information about the event for a given component.
5.
(View toolbar).
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Right-click the Motion Study 1 tab of the motion study and click Duplicate.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Calculate
(MotionManager toolbar).
Notice that changing the speed with which the plate moves into place does not affect the overall simulated
motion. The welding task does not begin until the plate is properly placed.
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Right-click the Motion Study 1 tab of the motion study and click Duplicate.
2.
3.
4.
Adjust the column widths under Actions so that you can view the feature names and their profiles.
(MotionManager toolbar).
6.
7.
From the Duration column, change the action duration for Task6-Task9 from 0.3 seconds to 0.5
seconds.
You might have to click the scrollbar to the right of the task list to view some tasks.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Calculate
(MotionManager toolbar).
2.
The simulation takes 2.5533 seconds, which is slightly slower than with the original profile.
3.
Close the assembly and click No if you are prompted to save the document.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
FeatureWorks Overview
Page 1 of 1
FeatureWorks Overview
The FeatureWorks software recognizes features on an imported solid body in a SolidWorks part document.
Recognized features are the same as features that you create using the SolidWorks software. You can edit the
definition of recognized features to change their parameters. For features that are based on sketches, you can edit
the sketches to change the geometry of the features.
When recognizing features, you sometimes need to create features from sketches that are not fully defined.
Therefore, you need to turn off the Use fully defined sketches option.
To allow the use of under defined sketches:
1.
Click here
Click Options
(Standard toolbar). On the System Options tab, click Sketch. Clear Use fully
defined sketches, then click OK.
FeatureWorks Lessons
There are two lessons in this tutorial:
FeatureWorks basics
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
FeatureWorks Basics
Page 1 of 1
FeatureWorks Basics
In this lesson, you recognize features such as fillets, extruded cuts, holes, and extruded bosses, using both
interactive and automatic feature recognition.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Setting Options
Page 1 of 1
Setting Options
Before you recognize features, set the FeatureWorks options.
1.
Click here
to open housing.x_b (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\featureworks\housing.x_b).
The part appears in the FeatureManager design tree as Imported1.
2.
3.
If a FeatureWorks message box prompts you to proceed with feature recognition, click No.
4.
5.
6.
For General:
For Dimensions/Relations, under Relations, select Add constraints to sketch to fully define the
sketch.
Under Diagnose, select Allow failed feature creation to allow creation of features that have
rebuild errors.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
When you select Interactive recognition mode, FeatureWorks enables the SolidWorks selection
filters during entity selection. You can only select entities based on the Feature type you selected. For
example, you can only select faces when you select Fillet/Round in Feature type.
d.
e.
f.
Click Recognize.
The recognized feature disappears from the solid body. Any geometry not yet recognized still
appears in the graphics area.
FeatureWorks recognizes one fillet feature at a time unless the fillets have the same radius. You must
recognize some fillets before others. For example, you must recognize small radii fillets before large radii fillets.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
4.
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
Under Automatic Features, select Extrudes and clear the other check boxes.
3.
Select the face shown. You can select either the front or back face.
4.
Click
The Intermediate Stage PropertyManager appears. Under Recognized Features, FeatureWorks has
automatically recognized five Cut-Extrudes and one Boss-Extrude, plus the fillets from the interactive
recognition.
5.
Select Cut-Extrude1 in the list which corresponds to the large central cut extrude. Under Re-Recognize,
select Hole and click Re-Recognize.
FeatureWorks re-recognizes the extruded cut as a hole.
6.
Click
A FeatureWorks message informs you that FeatureWorks will continue recognizing features on the remaining
imported body.
from the
Click OK.
The software returns to the FeatureWorks PropertyManager. FeatureWorks recognizes the local features
and they disappear from the model.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
8.
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Click Recognize.
FeatureWorks chains together faces for the revolve feature from a minimum set of faces you select,
and recognizes features with similar characteristics. Both side revolve features are recognized.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
3.
Under Recognized Features, hold down Ctrl and select both cut revolves.
b.
4.
Click
and OK.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Rotate the part so you can select the features on the back.
2.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Click Recognize.
FeatureWorks recognizes five cut extrudes.
e.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Hold down Ctrl and select the four cut extrudes shown from the list.
b.
4.
5.
6.
Click
Click OK.
In the Intermediate PropertyManager, CirPattern1 and CirPattern2 are listed.
8.
Click
9.
Select any face inside the housing such as the one shown.
10.
and OK.
In the PropertyManager, under Interactive Features, select Cut Extrude in Feature type and clear
Recognize similar.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
11.
Page 2 of 2
Click Recognize.
FeatureWorks recognizes the inside cut extrude.
12.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Recognizing Holes
Page 1 of 1
Recognizing Holes
In this topic, you automatically recognize hole features.
1.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
Under Automatic Features, select Holes and clear the other check boxes.
d.
Click
FeatureWorks recognizes four new hole features automatically and lists them under Recognized
Features.
2.
Click
and OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Click Recognize.
FeatureWorks recognizes the boss as an extruded boss.
2.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select the top face of the bottom boss as shown and click Recognize.
Select the remaining base feature face as shown, and click Recognize.
6.
Click
The part automatically rebuilds, and its features are recognized as SolidWorks features. The Imported feature no
longer appears in the FeatureManager design tree.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Setting Options
Page 1 of 1
Setting Options
Before you recognize features, set the FeatureWorks options.
1.
Click here
to open sheetmetal.x_b (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\featureworks\sheetmetal.x_b).
The part appears in the FeatureManager design tree as Imported1.
2.
3.
If a FeatureWorks message box prompts you to proceed with feature recognition, click No.
4.
5.
6.
For General:
For Dimensions/Relations, under Relations, select Add constraints to sketch to fully define the
sketch.
Under Diagnose, select Allow failed feature creation to allow creation of features that have
rebuild errors.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Click Recognize.
The recognized feature disappears from the solid body. Any geometry not yet recognized still appears in the
graphics area.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
Click Recognize.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Click Recognize.
FeatureWorks recognizes all the circular cuts.
2.
Recognize the rectangular cuts. In the graphics area, select all four edges of one rectangle only. Make sure
Recognize similar is still selected, then click Recognize.
FeatureWorks recognizes both rectangular cuts.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Click Recognize.
Now that you have recognized all of the features in the part, the Intermediate Stage
PropertyManager appears. The entire part appears in the graphics area.
2.
Click
The part rebuilds, and its features are recognized as SolidWorks features.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 19/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click New
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click and drag an arc approximately 180 counterclockwise around the origin.
6.
Draw a vertical line from the bottom endpoint of the arc, through the origin, and ending near the upper
endpoint of the arc.
7.
8.
Hold down Ctrl and select the upper endpoints of both the line and arc.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
9.
10.
Page 2 of 2
Merge.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Select
on the Standard toolbar, hold down Ctrl, then select the vertical line and the origin.
2.
, then click OK
3.
5.
Under Direction 1:
Set Depth
Click OK
to 10.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Right
2.
Select the Right plane in the FeatureManager design tree, then click Extruded Boss/Base
Features toolbar to open a sketch.
3.
Sketch four lines approximately as shown to create the profile. Do not create any inferenced perpendicular
relations between lines.
4.
Add a Collinear relation between the vertical sketch line and the model edge as shown.
5.
Dimension as shown.
6.
7.
8.
Set Depth
Click OK
on the
to 5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Dimetric
2.
Click Draft
3.
In the PropertyManager:
Select Neutral Plane in Items to Draft. The neutral plane is the plane or face that you choose to
determine the pull direction when creating a mold. The Z axis direction of the neutral plane is the
direction in which the part ejects from the mold.
Select the Right plane for Neutral Plane, using the flyout FeatureManager design tree.
4.
to 10.
a.
In the upper left corner of the graphics area, click the plus sign
b.
Click OK
Congratulations! You have finished building the part used in the Fillet Features tutorial. Click
here to go to the Fillet Features tutorial.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Fillet Features
Page 1 of 1
Fillet Features
This lesson describes how to use different types of fillets. In this lesson, you modify this knob part by:
face
constant radius
variable radius
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here:
In this section, you blend some of the faces using a face fillet with a hold line. For a face fillet, you can specify the
radius between faces, or you can specify a hold line. When you specify a hold line, the face that shares an edge
with the hold line is removed. The radius of the fillet is determined by the position of the hold line relative to the
selected faces.
Now create a face fillet.
1.
Click Fillet
2.
3.
a.
b.
4.
Under Fillet Options, click inside the Hold line selection box, then select the edge labeled Hold Line.
5.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Fillet
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click OK
6.
Repeat steps 1 through 5 to add fillets to the edges labeled 2 and 0.5. Change the radius values to match
the values of the labels.
When filleted edges intersect, it is good practice to add the larger fillet first.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Click Fillet
3.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Set Radius
box.
For each remaining vertex, set the radius to match the corresponding value shown in the illustration.
a.
, set Radius
b.
c.
, change Radius
The values for each of the vertices appear in the list. The fillet previews appear in the graphics area.
4.
Click OK
To verify the radius values, double-click VarFillet1 in the FeatureManager design tree. The values appear in
the graphics area. Click anywhere in the graphics area to hide the values.
5.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Trimetric
2.
3.
Click Mirror
The Mirror PropertyManager appears. The Right plane is listed under Mirror Face/Plane
4.
5.
Click OK
A mirror image of the original part is joined to the part at the selected plane to make a complete, symmetrical
part.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Dimetric
2.
Click Fillet
3.
4.
5.
Make sure Tangent propagation is selected, so that the fillet extends along all of the segments of the edge.
6.
Click OK
to 5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
5.
1.
2.
3.
Navigate to features\metric\keyways.
4.
6.
Link to library part. If you edit the library feature, this option ensures that the changes you make in the
original library feature are applied to this part.
In the graphics area, select the outer edge for the reference edge, then click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Rotate the part. Notice the keyway cuts through the entire part.
2.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click bore with square keyway bs 4500p1 and select Edit In
Context.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Keyway and select Edit Feature
4.
b.
Set Depth
to 5.
5.
Click
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Import/Export Overview
There are two lessons in this tutorial:
Import/Export Basics: Guides you through importing a gasket and logo, then exporting the model as a
different file type.
Diagnosing and Repairing Import Errors: Guides you through repairing common import errors using Import
Diagnostics and other tools.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Import/Export Basics
Page 1 of 1
Import/Export Basics
This lesson guides you through the import of a gasket and company logo, and demonstrates the following:
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Open
2.
3.
4.
5.
The SolidWorks software attempts to form solids from the surface or solid entities in the imported file.
6.
7.
8.
The SolidWorks software forms a base feature from the imported surfaces. The imported body appears in the
graphics area, and Imported1 appears in the FeatureManager design tree.
9.
You can use FeatureWorks to recognize imported features as editable SolidWorks features. For example,
using FeatureWorks, you could recognize the Imported1 feature as an extrude feature with hole features.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Click Front
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the DXF/DWG Import dialog box, select Import to part as: and 2D sketch, then click Next.
7.
In the DXF/DWG Import - Document Settings dialog box, clear Add constraints to solve all apparent
relations and constraints in the sketch, then click Next.
8.
In the DXF/DWG Import - Drawing Layer Mapping dialog box, select Merge points closer than and accept
the Distance of 0.001. This option merges points that, after import, are within a specified merge distance.
9.
Click Finish.
10.
Click Rebuild
A new sketch that contains the company logo is created in the part.
Now reposition the inserted sketch entities.
1.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Sketch1 and select Edit Sketch
2.
Add the dimensions from the lower left corner of the rainbow to the gasket edges, as shown, to position the
sketch entities.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Trimetric
2.
3.
4.
5.
Set Depth
Click OK
to 1.
2.
3.
In the PropertyManager, under Color, select a color from the color palette, then click OK
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Imported1 and select Edit Feature
2.
3.
The Imported1 feature is replaced with the new imported body that has a larger central hole. The software also
rebuilt the pre-existing cut-extrude feature. The software rebuilds pre-existing features whenever possible.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
In the Save As dialog box, select STL (*.stl) in Save as type, then click Options to set the export options.
The Export Options dialog box appears with STL selected on the File Format tab.
3.
4.
Show STL info before file saving to display a dialog box when you save the file that contains
numerical data about the STL file.
Click OK.
You can experiment with the Resolution settings to determine the best settings for your own rapid
prototyping machines.
5.
Click Save to save the file with the default name, gasket.STL.
A message box appears displaying the number of Triangles, File Size, and File Format.
6.
7.
If a dialog box asking if you want to export all bodies appears, click OK .
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
A message automatically prompts you to run Import Diagnostics when you open a part with an imported
feature.
4.
In the FeatureManager design tree, click to highlight each of the two imported surface bodies to familiarize
yourself with the model.
5.
(Tools toolbar).
Under Gaps between faces, right-click a gap and select Zoom to Selection to zoom to the gap. Examine
each gap to familiarize yourself with how the part currently looks.
The list displays the gap number and the number of free edges. For example, Gap<2> [10] means the second
gap that has 10 edges.
To view a gap from the opposite direction, right-click a gap and select Invert Zoom to Selection.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Under Gaps between faces, click Attempt to Heal All to repair the reported gaps.
Import Diagnostics checks for faulty faces, then tries to re-knit gaps. If that fails to completely repair the model,
Import Diagnostics attempts to close gaps by creating new smaller faces and knitting them into place.
The PropertyManager reports one gap and 19 faulty faces.
2.
Under Faulty faces, right-click a face and select Zoom to Selection to zoom to the face. Examine each
face to check if it makes sense with respect to the correct part geometry.
Examination reveals that problems seem to exist around the area by the vent and screw holes and that
Face<2> is a duplicate face. The model cannot be knitted together because the duplicate face causes invalid
topology.
3.
The message box changes colors to indicate the number of errors remaining. Red indicates a high number,
while green means no errors remain.
4.
For each of the remaining gaps, right click and select Heal gap.
5.
Click
Within Import Diagnostics, use these optional tools from the shortcut menu:
Repair Face. Select individual faces to repair. The Attempt to Heal All command is very orderdependent. You might need to assist it by repairing individual faces in a different order after you run
Attempt to Heal All.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Rotate the model to view it as shown. Examine the two screw mounting holes. Note that they have been
incorrectly filled in.
3.
4.
In the graphics area, select the face covering one of the holes so it appears under Faulty faces in the
PropertyManager.
5.
(Tools toolbar).
The uppermost face is deleted from the hole, but there is a second incorrect face directly under it.
After selecting a face, you can also right-click it in the graphics area and select Delete Face from the
shortcut menu.
6.
7.
Repeat these steps to delete the two incorrect faces covering the other screw hole.
8.
Check the model to make sure the incorrect faces are deleted.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click
2.
Click Fillet
3.
In the PropertyManager:
(Features Toolbar).
a.
b.
Set Radius
to 0.5mm.
Select the top faces surrounding the screw hole for Face Set 1.
4.
Click
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Thicken
(Features toolbar).
2.
3.
In the PropertyManager, select Create solid from enclosed volume to turn the surface into a solid.
4.
Click
Check Tools. Checks model geometry and identifies undesirable geometry in parts.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Loft Features
Page 1 of 1
Loft Features
In this lesson, you create this hammer head using loft features.
A loft is a base, boss, or cut created by connecting multiple cross sections, or profiles.
This lesson demonstrates the following:
Creating planes
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click New
The planes in a SolidWorks model are not always visible. However, you can display them. For this lesson, it
is helpful to display the Front plane.
2.
3.
Right-click the Front plane in the FeatureManager design tree and select Show
4.
The Plane PropertyManager appears. A preview of the new plane, Plane1, appears in the graphics area.
Under First Reference, Front is listed in the First Reference
5.
to 25 and click
box.
The planes used in a loft do not have to be parallel, but they are for this lesson.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
5.
6.
Click OK
7.
Another way to create an offset plane is to copy an existing plane. Select Plane2 in the graphics area, hold
down Ctrl, and drag to a location in front of Plane2.
Drag the edge or the label, not the handles. Dragging the handles changes the size of the plane display.
Another offset plane, Plane3, is created.
8.
To set the offset distance for the new plane, set Offset distance
9.
Click OK
to 40 in the PropertyManager.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
You may find it easier to see the sketch entities if the planes are not shaded. Click Options
on the
Standard toolbar. On the System Options tab, select Display/Selection. Clear Display shaded planes and
click OK.
2.
Sketch and dimension a 60mm square as shown to center it about the origin.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
7.
8.
Open a sketch on Plane2, and sketch a circle, centered on the origin. As you drag, make the diameter of the
circle coincident with the vertex of the square. (Watch for the
9.
pointer.)
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Copying a Sketch
Page 1 of 1
Copying a Sketch
You can copy a sketch from one plane to another to create another profile.
1.
Click Isometric
on the Standard Views toolbar to see how the sketches line up.
If a sketch is on the wrong plane, you can change the plane. Right-click the sketch in the FeatureManager
design tree or the graphics area, and select Edit Sketch Plane
click OK
2.
3.
Click Copy
4.
Select Plane3.
5.
Click Paste
When you paste a sketch on a plane, a new sketch is created automatically on that plane.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the graphics area, click near the same place on each profile (for example, the upper-right side), so the loft
path travels in a straight line and does not get twisted. Select the sketches in the order you want to connect
them.
A preview shows you how the profiles will be connected. The system connects the points or vertices closest to
where you click.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
If the sketches appear to be connected in the wrong order, you can use the Move Up
Down
5.
or Move
If the preview indicates that the wrong points will be connected, right-click in the graphics area,
select Clear Selections, and select the profiles again.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Hold down Ctrl, and drag the Front plane to create an offset plane behind the original Front plane.
The Plane PropertyManager appears.
2.
to 200.
3.
Select Flip so the new plane is created behind the Front plane, then click OK
Plane4.
4.
5.
Click Normal To
6.
Open a sketch on Plane4, then sketch and dimension a narrow rectangle as shown, which is the profile you
use to create the next loft.
7.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Isometric
2.
3.
a.
Position the pointer over the side of the loft, near the lower right-hand corner.
b.
A box appears with a list of the items that lie beneath the pointer.
c.
Hover the pointer over items in the list to highlight them in the graphics area.
d.
Click with the left mouse button in the list when the face shown below is highlighted.
Click the lower part of the narrow rectangular sketch . Examine the preview of how the two profiles will be
connected.
5.
Click OK
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Flex
2.
a.
b.
Bending.
3.
Under Trim Plane 2, click in Select a reference entity for Trim Plane 2
4.
5.
Right-click the triad's center sphere as shown, and select Align to...
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
6.
Page 2 of 2
Expand the flyout FeatureManager design tree and select the Right plane to align the trim plane axis (blue Z
axis on the triad) normal to the Right plane.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Right-click the triad's center sphere and select Move Triad to Plane 2.
The center of the model is aligned with the center of the triad.
8.
Drag the pointer over an edge of Trim Plane 1. When the pointer changes to
up and down.
9.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Shut-off Surfaces
Undercut Analysis
Parting Surfaces
Draft
Tooling Split
Scale
Core
Parting Lines
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here:
to open telephone.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\molds\telephone.sldprt).
2.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
4.
Expand Boss-Extrude1.
b.
2.
3.
Select the face as shown. This is where the mounting boss will be placed.
Select a top face and not an edge. If you select an edge, right-click the selected edge of BossExtrude 1 part and click Select Other to select the top face from the list.
b.
Circular sketch for Select circular edge to position the mounting boss
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
b.
Click Select mating face, then select the top face of the boss as you did in step 4. This creates the
mounting boss at the same height as the boss.
c.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
Under Mounting Hole/Pin, set Enter height of the inside hole/pin to 20.
7.
Click
8.
Repeat steps 2 through 7 to create a second mounting boss on the opposite side of the phone as shown.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Plane
2.
3.
In the FeatureManager design tree, select the Front plane, then click
A plane is created parallel to the Front plane through the selected point. You can mirror the mounting bosses
about this plane.
4.
5.
Click Mirror
6.
7.
(Features toolbar).
a.
b.
Click
The mounting bosses are mirrored to the other side of the part.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Isometric
2.
Select Top in the FeatureManager design tree for Direction of Pull in the PropertyManager.
If necessary, click Reverse Direction
For Direction of Pull, you can select a linear edge or any other entity that specifies a vector. When you
select a plane or planar face, the direction is normal to the selected entity.
4.
5.
a.
b.
to 0.5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Requires
draft
Straddle
faces
The draft colors shown are the default values. Edited values may display different colors.
To identify problem faces, hide faces that have correct draft (Positive draft and
Negative draft) by clicking Show/Hide
6.
Click Front
7.
(Standard Views toolbar) to examine the lower edge of the model, below the positive draft.
The color indicates that these faces have a draft angle less than the 0.5 specified for Draft Angle
8.
Click
Draft Analysis does not add an item to the FeatureManager design tree.
You can also run Undercut Analysis if the model includes undercut areas (trapped areas that prevent the part
from ejecting from the mold).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Adding Draft
Page 1 of 1
Adding Draft
Not all faces meet the .5 specified in Draft Angle
1.
Click Draft
2.
3.
4.
to 1.
5.
Click Dimetric
6.
7.
Click
The draft analysis results update in the graphics area. The thin faces along the bottom edge become red to show
that they now have negative draft.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Applying Scaling
Page 1 of 1
Applying Scaling
Use the Scale tool to apply shrink factor to accommodate for the amount the plastic will shrink as it cools. The
Scale tool scales only the geometry of the model. It does not scale dimensions, sketches, or reference geometry.
Why do I do this?
1.
Click Scale
2.
in the FeatureManager design tree and select Draft2 as the Solid and Surface
4.
5.
6.
Click
in the PropertyManager.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Select Top in the FeatureManager design tree for Direction of Pull in the PropertyManager.
3.
to 0.5.
4.
Under Parting Lines, the eight edges that define the path of the parting line appear for Edges
Message, a message warns that you might need to create shut-off surfaces.
. Under
If the model includes a closed-loop chain of edges that runs between positive and negative faces (without
straddle faces), the parting line is generated along that chain of edges. However, a system-generated parting line
does not guarantee that all faces have sufficient draft.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Compare the colors on the model with the colors under Mold Parameters.
Positive
No Draft
Negative
Straddle
6.
Rotate the model and verify that there are no Straddle faces
The model meets all of the requirements needed to separate the core from the cavity.
The draft colors shown are the default values. Edited values may display different colors. To verify the draft
type, place the pointer over the color to display the tooltip.
7.
Click
8.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
The changes to the geometry required to patch so many areas are very complex. Depending on variables such
as your hardware, the number of processes running, and so on, these shut-off surface operations might require a
few minutes to complete.
1.
Knit. Joins each shut-off surface into the cavity and core surfaces.
Filter loops. Filters out loops that do not appear to be valid holes.
Show callouts.
In the graphics area, callouts identify each loop with the default surface fill type, Contact.
3.
4.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
The uneven coloring of the model occurs because the cavity surface is coincident with the faces of the solid
body.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
(Standard Views toolbar), and turn the model to view the bottom side with negative
2.
(View toolbar), zoom in to the rectangular rib above the mouthpiece, and select
Rib
Select face
3.
Click Plane
4.
Click Front
5.
6.
Set Distance
If necessary, select Reverse direction to position the plane below the reference face.
Click
to 20.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
A sketch opens.
2.
3.
Click Normal to
4.
5.
Click Rectangle
(View toolbar).
The vertical dimension (85) is from the endpoint of the arc to the bottom edge of the rectangle. The
horizontal dimension (175) is from the origin to the left edge of the rectangle.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Isometric
2.
to 90.
to 70.
to 3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
3.
4.
Click
Page 2 of 2
(View toolbar).
You can also create side core features if the model includes undercut areas (trapped areas that prevent the
part from ejecting from the mold).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Isometric
2.
(Features toolbar).
In the PropertyManager, click Translate/Rotate if you do not see the Translate group box.
2.
The cavity is highlighted, and Tooling Split1[2] appears for Solid and Surface or Graphic Bodies to
Move/Copy
in the PropertyManager.
3.
4.
Click
to 160.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
To hide the cavity, core, and parting surfaces: Under Surface Bodies(4)
folders and select Hide
:
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Near the bottom of the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Tooling Split1, click Appearances
and select Tooling Split1.
3.
4.
5.
Move the Transparent amount slider approximately halfway to adjust the cavity transparency.
5.
Click
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
3.
2.
3.
Click Window and select MyTelephone.sldprt to return to the telephone handset part.
4.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Under Part/Assembly to Insert, select MyTelephone-Core and drop it in the graphics area.
4.
5.
Click
The two tooling parts are now components of the assembly, with external references to MyTelephone.sldprt.
You can add other supporting hardware, create mates, and so on. Changes to the telephone handset model are
automatically reflected in the tooling parts in the assembly.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You might want to design molded products but do not know the best way to break up the master part into its various
molded housings. Maybe it is unclear what the correct tools and methods are in SolidWorks for deriving parts to
their individual housings and for maintaining associativity.
By using the techniques recommended in this tutorial, your molded parts retain associativity between each other
and should experience fewer downstream problems.
This tutorial teaches you how to build an assembly of a computer mouse from a master part, using three different
techniques:
These techniques are not a replacement for using assemblies. Because the master part is a part document,
limitations exist such as no mates between components. However, you can still rotate or move the bodies using the
Move/Copy command.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Design Workflow
Page 1 of 1
Design Workflow
The design workflow is similar for the three techniques.
Create a master part
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The master part must contain all items that share a common reference
Include only design details in the master part for parts that share a common reference
For the base part and split part techniques, you add surfaces to the model that serve as part line quilts (surfaces) to
divide the master part into individual parts. One of the master parts used in these lessons, MouseBase.sldprt, is
shown below.
Master part
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Recommended
Technique
Single designer
When a single designer works on a model, use the multibody technique because all
the references for the bodies are contained within a single part file with no need to
derive or reference additional files.
Multiple designers
For large design groups where work needs to be divided among multiple designers,
the best solution is to use the base part or split part technique.
Multibody
Base part
or
Split part
Splitting out parts so that different designers can work on individual parts.
Bringing the individual parts back into the master part or an assembly.
A closer
look at base
part versus split
part technique
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Use the Insert Part command combined with part line quilts and other cut techniques to derive individual
parts from the master part.
2.
3.
Check for the parts' associativity by changing a reference in the master part.
We recommend you save your work in folders named Base, Split, and Multibody to avoid confusion between
techniques or the overwriting of documents.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Click here:
to open MouseBase.sldprt (or browse to <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\
MoldedProductDesignAdvanced\MouseBase.sldprt).
2.
Click File, Save As and save the part in a new folder named Base.
3.
4.
Click New
5.
6.
In the dialog box, select MouseBase.sldprt (in folder Base) and click Open.
7.
In the PropertyManager, under Transfer, select Solid bodies and Surface bodies, clear all other options,
then click
(Features toolbar).
9.
10.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
. This
(Features toolbar).
Make sure the arrow in the graphics area points downward so you cut away the bottom of the
master part. If not, click Flip Cut
b.
11.
Click
to cut away the buttons and the lower housing, while leaving the upper housing.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click SurfaceCut1 and select Edit Feature
2.
3.
Click
4.
5.
In the PropertyManager:
6.
(Features toolbar).
a.
b.
Make sure the arrow in the graphics area points to the left of the cutting surface so you cut away the
buttons.
c.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click SurfaceCut2 and select Edit Feature
2.
3.
Click
4.
Click Top
5.
6.
7.
Make sure the arrow in the graphics area points upwards to cut away the right button.
8.
Click
so the arrow in the graphics area points to the right, away from the buttons.
(Features toolbar).
in the FeatureManager design tree for Selected surface for cut.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
9.
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click SurfaceCut3 and select Edit Feature
2.
3.
Click
4.
so the arrow in the graphics area points downward to cut away the left button.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Create a new assembly document. Close the Begin Assembly PropertyManager if it appears.
2.
Open these three parts you just created: the left button plus the upper and lower housings. The right button
is already open.
3.
4.
In the LeftButton document, drag the part name, LeftButton, from the top of the FeatureManager design
tree and drop it onto the Assem<n> name at the top of the assembly document's FeatureManager design
tree.
Dragging this way aligns all the documents properly to the new assembly document origin.
5.
Repeat the process for the right button, upper housing, and lower housing parts.
6.
Save the assembly document as AssemblyBase.sldasm. Click Yes if you are prompted to rebuild and save
referenced models.
The assembly displays all the surface part line quilts. To hide the quilts, in the assembly's FeatureManager
design tree, hide all the bodies in the Surface Bodies folder for all four components.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
4.
In MouseBase.sldprt, in the FeatureManager design tree, right-click the sketch for Surface-partline-quilt-
5.
6.
7.
The part rebuilds. The surface part line changes shape, changing the size of the mouse buttons and the upper
housing.
8.
Click the title bar for the right button, left button, and the lower housing to update them.
9.
Click the title bar for AssemblyBase.sldasm. Click Yes if prompted to rebuild the assembly.
The assembly composed of the individual derived parts updates because of the associativity between all the
parts and the assembly.
10.
Save the assembly. In the Save Modified Documents dialog box, click Save All.
11.
Congratulations! You have completed the base part technique tutorial. Click here to continue to the split part
technique tutorial.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Use the Split command to split individual parts from the master part.
2.
3.
Check for the parts' associativity by changing a reference in the master part.
We recommend you save your work in folders named Base, Split, and Multibody to avoid confusion between
techniques or the overwriting of documents.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here:
to open MouseSplit.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\MoldedProductDesignAdvanced \MouseSplit.sldprt).
2.
Click File, Save As and save the part in a new folder named Split.
3.
Click Split
4.
In the PropertyManager:
(Features toolbar).
a.
Under Trim Tools, select the two surfaces shown for Trimming Surfaces
b.
c.
Under Resulting Bodies, File, double-click 1 <None> and save the body as UpperHousing.sldprt.
The split may not create the bodies in this order. Make sure you are saving the proper bodies with
the correct file name.
Buttons
Upper housing
Lower housing
4.
d.
e.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Open Buttons.sldprt.
2.
In the dialog box, select Don't open any referenced documents, then click OK.
The dialog might not appear, depending on your external reference settings.
3.
Click Top
4.
5.
6.
Click
7.
Save the part as LeftButton.sldprt. Click Yes in the dialog box to save all referenced models.
8.
9.
10.
Click
(Features toolbar).
in the FeatureManager design tree for Selected surface
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Split1 and select Create Assembly.
3.
4.
Click
Because the buttons were split off together from the master part, you need to replace the Buttons component
with the separate buttons.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Save the assembly. In the Save Modified Documents dialog box, click Save All.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Open all four individual parts plus the assembly and master part (MouseSplit.sldprt). Tile the files and
display them in Top
view.
2.
In the master part, right-click the sketch for Surface-partline-quilt-buttons and select Edit Sketch
3.
4.
5.
The part updates. The surface part line changes shape, changing the size of the mouse buttons and the upper
housing.
6.
Click the title bar for the right button, left button, and the lower housing to update them.
7.
Click the title bar for AssemblySplit.sldasm. Click Yes if prompted to rebuild the assembly.
The assembly composed of the individual derived parts updates because of the associativity between all the
parts and the assembly.
10.
Save the assembly. In the Save Modified Documents dialog box, click Save All.
11.
Congratulations! You have completed the split part technique tutorial. Click here to continue to the multibody
technique tutorial.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Multibody Technique
Page 1 of 1
Multibody Technique
The multibody technique is similar to the split parts technique. You create the multibody part using the Split
command. However, you keep the bodies in the multibody part instead of splitting them off as separate parts.
To create the individual parts, you then use the Save Bodies command, which offers several advantages:
Body names are transferred automatically from the master part to the individual parts
You use a version of the computer mouse that has already been split into a multibody part.
We recommend you save your work in folders named Base, Split, and Multibody respectively to avoid
confusion between techniques or the overwriting of documents.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here:
to open MouseMultibody.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\MoldedProductDesignAdvanced \MouseMultibody.sldprt).
2.
Click File, Save As and save the part in a new folder named Multibody.
3.
folder.
The Cord-Restraint body is hidden because this tutorial deals with splitting off only the buttons and
housings.
Note the descriptive body names:
Lower-Housing
Upper-Housing
Right-Button
Left-Button
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
In the PropertyManager, the name Left-Button.sldprt appears for the selected body under File. The body
name from the solid bodies folder is used as the individual file name.
Right button
Upper housing
Left
button
Lower housing
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Under Create Assembly, click Browse and save the assembly as AssemblyMultibody.sldasm.
2.
3.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the master part (MouseMultibody.sldprt), in the FeatureManager design tree, expand Sweep1, rightclick Sketch1 and select Edit Sketch
3.
Change 30 to 25
Change 125 to 95
4.
5.
If the part fails to rebuild and you get error messages, click Continue (Ignore Error) in the error message
and Close in the What's Wrong dialog box, and then click Rebuild
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Before
change
After
change
3.
Save the assembly. In the Save Modified Documents dialog box, click Save All.
4.
Congratulations! You have completed the multibody technique tutorial. Click here to return to the main page
in this tutorial.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Mouse Gestures
Page 1 of 1
Mouse Gestures
You can use a mouse gesture as a shortcut to execute a command, similar to a keyboard shortcut. Once you learn
command mappings, you can use mouse gestures to invoke mapped commands quickly.
In this tutorial, after customizing mouse gestures, you perform the following tasks with mouse gestures to create a
simple part:
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click New
2.
3.
With this option, in addition to commands for up, down, left, and right gestures, you can customize
commands for the four diagonal gestures for parts, assemblies, drawings, and sketches.
4.
Double-click the Part column heading to sort the command list by gestures for parts.
Notice the eight gestures for parts are mapped to Standard View tools and to the Zoom to Area tool.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Click the Part column heading until you display the mouse gesture commands for parts.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click the Command column heading until you sort the command list.
2.
.
3.
Click OK.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Slowly right-drag toward the upper-right diagonal direction, highlighting the Insert Sketch
command.
Before selecting the highlighted command, with the pointer inside the guide, you can view the mouse
gesture command guide or drag through another command to select it.
2.
3.
From the graphics area, select the Front Plane to start the sketch.
4.
To start the Rectangle tool, right-drag straight down through the highlighted Rectangle tool icon.
5.
At the plane origin in the graphics area, click to select a center point, and drag to expand the rectangle.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
7.
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Select the two upper corners of the rectangle and click to place the dimension.
3.
Click
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
Right-drag to the lower-left diagonal direction to display the back view of the part.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Multibody Parts
These lessons describe how to build multibody parts with the following techniques:
Body Intersection
Bridging
Local Operations
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
A thin-extrude U-bracket
An extruded solid
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Click Sketch
3.
After you dimension the top line, apply an equal relation between the top and bottom lines. Apply a vertical
relation between the top line end point and the origin.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
3.
Under Direction 1:
Set Depth
to 90.
Click OK
Set Thickness
to 10.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Top
2.
Click Sketch
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Select the vertical line and the silhouette edge of the U-bracket as shown for Selected Entities.
3.
4.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Circle
2.
Sketch the circle as shown. Make sure the centerpoint of the circle is concentric with the tangent arc.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Isometric
1.
2.
3.
a.
b.
Set Depth
c.
d.
Clear Merge result to ensure that both entities are kept separate, and are not joined as one body.
Click OK
to 90.
Congratulations! You have finished building the part used in the Body Intersection lesson. Click
here to go to the Body Intersection tutorial.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here
to open multi_inter.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\multibody\multi_inter.sldprt).
1.
Click Combine
2.
In the PropertyManager, under Operation Type, select Common to remove all material except that which
overlaps.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
5.
Click OK
The bodies that overlap combine and the excess is shed to reveal a single body.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here
to open multi_bridge.sldprt (or browse to <install_dir>
\samples\tutorial\multibody\multi_bridge.sldprt).
Use the sweep feature to connect multiple solid bodies.
1.
2.
3.
a.
With Profile
Sketch2.
b.
With Path
Sketch3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the PropertyManager, under Options, select Merge result to bridge the separate bodies into a single
body.
5.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
b.
c.
3.
4.
Click OK
to 3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here:
to open multi_local.sldprt (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\multibody\multi_local.sldprt).
1.
Click Shell
The Shell feature is used separately on solid bodies; one shell feature applies to one body.
2.
Select the top face of the smaller cup for Faces to Remove
Set Thickness
to 2.
3.
Click OK
to hollow out the selected cup by removing the top face and creating 2mm thick thin-walled
features on the remaining faces.
4.
Repeat steps 1 through 3, using the top face of the larger cup for the second shell feature.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
a.
b.
c.
Clear Merge result so the bodies remain separate and do not merge into a single body.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
5.
Select Direction 2:
a.
b.
Click OK
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Fillet
2.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
Set Radius
to 3.
Select the four edges of the connecting piece as shown for Edges, Faces, Features and Loops
.
3.
Click OK
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
4.
Click Fillet
5.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
Set Radius
to 1.
Select the face of the smaller cup rim for Edges, Faces, Features and Loops
6.
Click OK
7.
Congratulations! You have completed this lesson and the Multibody Parts tutorial.
Click here to go to the Multibody Parts Overview.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here:
Open mhousing.sldprt or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\patterns\mhousing.sldprt.
First you create the feature that you are going to pattern. You create a profile of an oblong on a reference
plane. Use mirroring to take advantage of symmetry and to decrease the number of relations needed to fully
define the sketch.
1. Click Hidden Lines Removed
2. Click Front
The SolidWorks application enters sketch mode because no active sketch is selected.
For extrude and revolve features, if no active sketch is selected when you select the tool, you
are prompted to select a plane, planar face, or edge on which to sketch the feature, or to select an
existing sketch to use for the feature.
4. Select Front Plane in the FeatureManager design tree to open a sketch on that plane.
5. Click Centerline
6. Click Line
the centerline.
on the Sketch toolbar, and sketch a vertical centerline through the origin.
on the Sketch toolbar, and sketch two horizontal lines of equal length, beginning at
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Shelling a part
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click New
2.
2.
3.
In the PropertyManager:
4.
Set Radius
to 30.
Select Keep constrained corners so that the corner dimensions and relations are retained to a
virtual intersection point.
Select the endpoint of the 50mm vertical line that is coincident with the endpoint of the diagonal line, then
click OK
5.
The filleted corner is visible, as well as the virtual sharp of the two lines, indicated by the witness lines.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
A virtual sharp is the virtual intersection point of two entities. Dimensions and relations to the virtual
intersection point are retained even though the actual intersection no longer exists.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Set Angle
3. Click OK
4. Click Save
to 360.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
4.
In the PropertyManager:
5.
Click OK
to 2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
7.
8.
9.
Set Depth
to 5.
Set Thickness
Click OK
to 3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
2.
Click Shell
3.
Set Thickness
to 3.
Use Select Other from the shortcut menu to select the lower face.
4.
Click OK
5.
Congratulations! You have finished building the part used in the Pattern Features tutorial. Click
here to go to the Pattern Features tutorial.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Pattern Features
Page 1 of 1
Pattern Features
In this lesson, you learn how to create a linear pattern and a circular pattern. A linear pattern is a one- or twodimensional array of features. A circular pattern is a circular array of features.
The steps include:
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here:
Open mhousing.sldprt or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\patterns\mhousing.sldprt.
First you create the feature that you are going to pattern. You create a profile of an oblong on a reference
plane. Use mirroring to take advantage of symmetry and to decrease the number of relations needed to fully
define the sketch.
1. Click Hidden Lines Removed
2. Click Front
The SolidWorks application enters sketch mode because no active sketch is selected.
For extrude and revolve features, if no active sketch is selected when you select the tool, you
are prompted to select a plane, planar face, or edge on which to sketch the feature, or to select an
existing sketch to use for the feature.
4. Select Front Plane in the FeatureManager design tree to open a sketch on that plane.
5. Click Centerline
6. Click Line
the centerline.
on the Sketch toolbar, and sketch a vertical centerline through the origin.
on the Sketch toolbar, and sketch two horizontal lines of equal length, beginning at
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
7.
8.
Hold down Ctrl, and select the centerline, both horizontal lines, and the tangent arc.
9.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Isometric
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
The Linear Pattern PropertyManager appears with the Pattern Direction selection box active.
3.
Under Direction 1:
For Pattern Direction, click 60 in the graphics area to create the pattern along the same direction as
the dimension line.
Set Spacing
feature.
to 10. This value is the distance between corresponding points on the patterned
A preview of the pattern appears in the graphics area. A callout indicates the Direction, Spacing, and Instances.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
5.
The Geometry pattern option speeds up the creation and rebuilding of the pattern. Individual instances of
the feature are copied, but not solved.
6.
Click OK
7.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
The Circular Pattern PropertyManager appears with the Pattern Axis selection box active.
3.
For Pattern Axis, select the temporary axis that passes through the center of the revolved feature.
Set Angle
to 120.
to 3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
A preview of the circular pattern updates in the graphics area as you enter the parameters in the
PropertyManager.
5.
6.
Click OK
A circular pattern of the linear pattern is created around the parts axis of revolution.
7.
Click View, Temporary Axes to turn off the display of axes, then click Shaded With Edges
View toolbar.
on the
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Two values appear on the part: 3 (total instances) and 120 (spacing angle).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Click Equations
Click Add.
The Add Equation dialog box appears.
4.
The name of the spacing angle dimension, D2@CirPattern1 (the second dimension in the circular pattern),
appears in the text box.
5.
6.
7.
Click OK to complete the equation, and click OK again to close the Equations dialog box.
An Equations
To add, delete, or edit an equation, right-click the folder, and select the desired operation.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
The callout is Instant3D functionality, which is enabled by default. If it is not visible, enable Instant3D by
clicking Instant3D
(Features toolbar).
The part updates to show four instances of the pattern. The spacing angle value changes to 90 in the graphics
area.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The Workgroup PDM application is project data management software that runs inside the SolidWorks
environment or as a standalone application. Workgroup PDM controls projects with procedures for check out, check
in, revision control, and other administrative tasks. Workgroup PDM has three components:
Vault. The Vault is a directory (usually on a server) where documents are stored in project directories.
VaultAdmin. The vault administrator installs and maintains the Vault, creates user accounts and projects,
specifies revision and lifecycle schemes, and establishes global settings in the VaultAdmin.
Clients. Users check documents in and out of the Vault, increment revision and lifecycle status, view
information, and generate reports using the SolidWorks client or the Standalone client.
Even if you are not an administrator, you must complete the VaultAdmin lesson to create the projects and set
the permissions needed to run the Client lesson.
VaultAdmin
Client
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
VaultAdmin
Page 1 of 1
VaultAdmin
This tutorial assumes that Workgroup PDM is installed on your system and that you know the name of the computer
where the Vault resides.
Do not use a production Vault for the tutorial. The production Vault typically is on a server, so you can install a
tutorial Vault on your local system. Start with a clean Vault, one that has no files checked in and only default
settings in the VaultAdmin. Click here for more information on installing, uninstalling, and resetting a tutorial Vault.
In this lesson, you learn about the VaultAdmin tool and how to specify global settings for users' projects.
First, open the Workgroup PDM VaultAdmin tool and log in.
The login user name is case insensitive. Passwords are case sensitive and encrypted.
1.
Click Start, All Programs, SolidWorks <version>, SolidWorks Workgroup PDM VaultAdmin.
2.
The name of the computer where the Vault resides for Vault computer.
If the Vault is on the same computer as the VaultAdmin, you can use localhost for the Vault
computer.
3.
Click Login.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Vault Settings
Page 1 of 1
Vault Settings
Specify global settings for users.
1.
Keep extra copy of latest files. Keeps the most recent versions of documents in a project folder
called Latest in case the primary copy becomes corrupt.
Hide projects with no access. Hides projects for which users have no access.
Allow revision bumping. Lets users increment a document revision without checking in the
document.
Allow latest revision overwrite. Lets users check in a document without incrementing the revision
(that is, overwrite the document in the Vault).
Allow change document properties. Lets users edit document properties (Number, Description,
and so on, including custom properties).
Allow users to create subprojects. Lets users create subprojects within projects. Only
administrators can create projects.
Allow attachments to documents owned by other users. Lets users create references to
documents even when the documents are owned by other users.
Allow users to rename documents in the Vault. Lets users rename documents in the vault view
by the click-pause-click method, similar to other Windows applications.
2.
Under Delete, Rollback, Archive documents, select Administrators only. Administrators, but not users,
can delete documents from the Vault. This setting is recommended for security reasons.
3.
Click Apply.
Notice the information under Vault information: Vault computer (the computer where the Vault is located),
License type, and so on. Root directory is the Vault directory. The user name of the administrator currently
logged in appears at the bottom of every tab in the VaultAdmin dialog box.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Password
pdmwadmin
pdmworks
pdmworks
Privileges
administrative
read only
read and write
On the Users and Groups tab, under Users, click New User.
2.
In the dialog box, type bob for both User name and Password.
User names are case insensitive. Passwords are case-sensitive and encrypted.
3.
Click OK.
User bob appears in the Users list.
4.
2.
3.
Click OK.
The group design appears in the group list.
4.
From the list of users, select bob, lin, and ray to include them in the design group.
5.
Click Apply.
Now give administrative privileges to one of the new users so you have a back-up administrator.
On the Vault Settings tab, under Administrators, select lin, then click Apply.
and groups
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Revision Scheme
Page 1 of 1
Revision Scheme
Set the revision scheme for all projects in the Vault.
This example shows a typical revision scheme:
2.
3.
Accept the Primary level (Range from A to Z) and the character for Working copy (+).
4.
Click Apply.
The active levels display a colored background. Levels with white backgrounds are not used.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Lifecycle
Page 1 of 1
Lifecycle
Define lifecycle status levels for all projects.
On the Lifecycle tab, under General, select Enable lifecycle and clear Control document access using
status.
2.
Under Change status, for Users, groups that can change status, select Administrators and Document
owner with RW access.
3.
4.
5.
Click OK.
6.
7.
Select Pending in the lifecycle status list, then click Move Up to change the status order.
The statuses should be in the order of InWork, Pending, and Released. The order is important for stepping
through the status sequence and for setting rules.
Rules automate progression through the lifecycle. You can specify a different set of rules for each lifecycle status.
1.
2.
Under Rules for the selected lifecycle status, select pdmwadmin in the Change the document owner
to list.
When the status changes from InWork to Pending, the owner changes to pdmwadmin.
3.
4.
Under When a document at the selected status before check in is next checked in, change
the document status to, select First in list in the change status level list.
When the status changes to Released, the owner changes to lin. The next time a document is checked in, the
document status changes to InWork, which is first in the lifecycle status list under Lifecycle statuses.
5.
Click Apply.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Projects
Page 1 of 1
Projects
Create projects and assign privileges. Projects are mandatory. A project is a folder, with permissions assigned to
users and groups, where you keep documents.
1.
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
2.
Click in the RO column for pdmwadmin to assign read only access to pdmwadmin.
Click in the RW column for design (under User/Groups) to assign read/write access to the design
group.
RO appears next to pdmwadmin. RW appears next to design, and rw (lowercase) shows that bob, lin, and ray
are granted permissions as members of a group.
3.
Click Apply.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Custom Properties
Page 1 of 1
Custom Properties
Set up custom properties for a project. Users can specify the values later.
1.
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Repeat steps 1 through 3 to create two more custom properties: Cost and Customer Name.
5.
Click Apply.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Standard Libraries
Page 1 of 1
Standard Libraries
Set the revision management options for SolidWorks Toolbox documents, common hardware components, standard
libraries, and other documents that typically do not require revision control. It is recommended that you not check
Toolbox documents into the Vault.
One method used to avoid checking standard library documents into the Vault is to establish the locations of
libraries of Toolbox and other standard parts.
1.
2.
In the dialog box, click Browse and browse to a toolbox or central shared standard library folder (default for
Toolbox on a local host is c:/Program Files/SolidWorks Data/), then click OK.
3.
4.
Under Standard Library revision management options, select Disable check in of documents and
Display referenced files in a separate project.
The libraries appear in the Vault under the Library Components project. The project and document names
are in blue, indicating that they are not actually in the Vault but are displayed for viewing only.
5.
Click Apply.
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Client
Page 1 of 1
Client
In this lesson, use the Speaker model to learn about the client.
You must complete the VaultAdmin lesson before starting this lesson. To begin VaultAdmin, click here.
As a client, add Workgroup PDM to your SolidWorks application, log in, and manage your documents.
1.
2.
In the dialog box, select SolidWorks Workgroup PDM <version>, then click OK.
Selecting the check box under Active Add-ins adds Workgroup PDM for the current session. Selecting the
check box under Start Up adds Workgroup PDM for every session.
You might see a message asking you to wait while Workgroup PDM configures SolidWorks Explorer.
3.
b.
c.
4.
ii.
iii.
ii.
Click Login.
A message box appears, recommending that you enable SolidWorks collaboration settings. Click Yes.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Use Windows Explorer to create directories on your local drive (not in the Vault) for Lins Work Area and
Bobs Work Area.
2.
3.
4.
Notice the four configurations: Dual Speaker, Dual Speaker Glueable, Single Speaker, and Single
Speaker Glueable.
5.
6.
Single Speaker
Single Speaker
Glueable
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Checking In Documents
Page 1 of 1
Checking In Documents
Add custom property values to the document in the SolidWorks application. When you check the document into
Workgroup PDM, these values are recognized automatically.
1.
2.
On the Custom tab, notice that properties already exist for Description and Number.
3.
Type Customer Name for Property Name, type ACME for Value / Text Expression, then press Tab to add
the value and display a new blank row.
4.
Select Author in Property Name, type Lin for Value, then press Tab.
5.
On the Configuration Specific tab, notice that Description, Number, and Cost have values.
Description, Number, Author, Revision, Project, and Status are default properties in Workgroup PDM. You
added Cost, Material, and Customer Name in VaultAdmin.
6.
Click OK.
1.
2.
3.
The
icon indicates the documents do not exist in the Vault. The assembly document icon
is in color,
are clear, indicating that the files are open in memory but
In the local view, right-click speaker.sldasm and select Save to save the file locally.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Checking In Documents2
Page 1 of 1
In the dialog box, there is a row for the assembly and each document in the assembly. You can scroll horizontally
to view or edit the property values for each of the documents.
2.
Select the Project column header, then select Speaker Design for Project(5) at the top of the dialog box to
specify where all the documents reside when checked in.
3.
Select the Note column header, then type Initial design from ACME supplier for Note(5) and click Apply.
The note appears in the document information for the assembly and its components.
4.
In the membrane.sldprt row, type M-PRT-776544 for Number and Membrane for Description.
5.
6.
7.
Click OK to accept Speaker Design as the project for the new documents.
The assembly and its components are checked into the Vault.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Viewing Documents
Page 1 of 1
Viewing Documents
Icons describe each document's status.
1.
The in the icons next to the document names indicates that the documents are still owned by the current
user (lin).
, indicating that the local copy is equal to the copy in the Vault.
In the local view, mousing over a document name displays a smaller preview.
2.
Magnet
3.
Membrane
Second
Speaker
Speaker
Frame
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Right-click in the vault view and select Display Labels With, Select.
2.
3.
4.
Click OK.
The documents in the vault view now also display labels for Number, Description, Status, and Owner.
You can also enter information for each document because you selected Allow change document properties on
the Vault Settings tab in the VaultAdmin lesson.
1.
2.
On the Properties tab, right-click the Description row and select Change.
3.
In the Change Property Value dialog box, type Second Speaker for Value, then click OK.
4.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the Number row, and type S-PRT-234567 for Value.
The new values appear in the Document Information dialog box, and also in the label displayed in the vault
view.
5.
Click Close.
6.
Click Refresh
2.
On the Properties tab, right-click the Material row, select Change, type Hard Cloth Composite for Value,
then click OK.
3.
On the History/Notes tab, review the notes for check in and property changes.
4.
Click Close.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Changing Ownership
Page 1 of 1
Changing Ownership
Another engineer on the design team, Bob, is assigned to make changes to a part. Before Bob can check the part
out of the Vault, Lin must release ownership because a document must have no owner to be checked out of the
Vault.
(part owned) to
b.
c.
Double-click
d.
2.
In the graphics area, close the speaker assembly. If a message appears asking whether to save the model,
click Yes.
3.
Click Open
4.
(Standard toolbar).
a.
on the left.
b.
c.
Select speaker_frame.sldprt.
d.
e.
In the dialog box, under Save in Folder, browse to Bobs Work Area and click OK.
f.
The speaker frame opens in SolidWorks and is checked out of the Vault by Bob. The icon changes to
owned).
(part
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Revising a Part
Page 1 of 1
Revising a Part
Bob changes a dimension in the part, then checks in the part.
1.
2.
Double-click the 70 dimension below the frame, change it to 80, then rebuild
the part.
3.
Open in
In the vault view, right-click speaker_frame.sldprt and select Check in Active Document.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The file is saved and closed. The local copy in Bobs work area is deleted, and ownership is released.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
4.
Open in SolidWorks.
next to speaker_frame.sldprt indicates the local file is older than the copy in the Vault.
5.
In the vault view, right-click speaker.sldasm and select Check in Active Document. Click OK to save the
assembly.
In the Check In Document dialog box, notice that Revision is A2. Click beside A2 to display a Revision
list that includes A1+. If you were making a series of changes and did not want to increment the revision for each
check in, you could select this Working copy revision level.
6.
In the speaker.sldasm row, type Assembly updated for speaker frame change for Note.
None of the references have changed, so none are selected to be checked in with the assembly. Under Options,
in the speaker.sldasm row, Delete local copy
7.
8.
In the vault view, right-click speaker.sldasm and select Change Lifecycle Status.
9.
10.
is selected by default.
Select Document's children (all items under selected) so the reference documents all attain the
Lifecycle status along with the assembly.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the vault view, right-click the Speaker Design project and select Reporting.
2.
In the dialog box, under Output window options, Output window update, select Automatic.
3.
4.
b.
c.
Right-click the column header for Project and select Hide Column.
b.
Drag the Description column header and drop it between Level and Number.
c.
2.
3.
b.
c.
d.
Click Save.
You can save output files in tab-separated or comma-separated format and process the files in text editors,
spreadsheets, or database applications. Column headers are included when specified in Workgroup PDM
Options .
4.
Click Close.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the SolidWorks application, close the assembly. If prompted, click Yes to save changes.
2.
3.
4.
Click Close.
In the vault view, right-click the Speaker Design project and select Find/Search.
2.
3.
Type 2 in Value.
Click Add.
Click Find.
The first document with this property highlights in the vault view.
Click Find Next to highlight other documents that meet the criteria.
5.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Dragging Documents
Page 1 of 1
Dragging Documents
Drag documents in and out of the Vault.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Save the drawing as magnet.slddrw in Lins work area on your local computer.
5.
In the local view, right-click and select Refresh View so that changes in the Vault, such as comparisons of
files with the Vault copies, are updated.
6.
Expand
7.
8.
9.
Open in SolidWorks.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click New
2.
4.
Click Line
on the Sketch toolbar. Sketch a vertical line from the origin, and sketch the two horizontal
lines as shown.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Sketch toolbar).
Click the endpoint of the top horizontal line, move the pointer to the right, then downward.
Watch the pointer for feedback and for inferencing. As you sketch, inferencing pointers and lines help you
align the pointer with existing sketch entities and model geometry.
3.
When the radius is approximately 10mm (R=10) and the vertical inferencing line is visible, click again.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Line
menu.
on the Sketch toolbar, or right-click in the graphics area and select Line from the shortcut
2.
Sketch a vertical line downward approximately 150mm long, starting at the lower endpoint of the arc. Do not
dimension the line at this time.
3.
on the Sketch toolbar, or right-click in the graphics area and select 3 Point Arc.
4.
Sketch an arc so that the arc endpoints are coincident with the line. (Watch for the
following measurements:
5.
After clicking to end the arc, set the angle to 180 in the Parameters section of the PropertyManager.
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
7.
8.
9.
10.
Right-click in the graphics area and select Smart Dimension. Dimension the upper vertical line to 40, as
shown.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Select
the lower arc.
on the Standard toolbar, then hold down Ctrl and select the vertical lines on each side of
2.
, then click OK
The Equal relation ensures that both vertical lines will maintain equal length.
3.
on the Sketch toolbar, then click the endpoint of the lower vertical line.
4.
Move the pointer downward to create an arc that has an angle of 90 and a radius of approximately 60mm.
Click to place the arc.
5.
Sketch another tangent arc. Move the pointer until the endpoint of the arc is coincident with the endpoint of
the bottom horizontal line as shown.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click View, Sketch Relations to hide the sketch relations in the graphics area.
7.
When you are done dimensioning, the sketch is fully defined (All lines and endpoints are black).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
If you move the pointer over a box or an icon in the PropertyManager, a tooltip appears with the name of
the box or icon.
2.
3.
Under Direction1:
3.
Click
to 360.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Select the Front plane in the FeatureManager design tree, then click Sketch
open a new sketch.
2.
Click Front
3.
4.
Click View, Temporary Axes. Notice that the temporary axis of the revolved base appears.
5.
Right-click in the graphics area and select Line, then move the pointer over the temporary axis.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
8.
Sketch an arc starting at the endpoint of the line. Dimension the arc to a radius of 150.
If the radial dimension is out of view, click the Leaders tab in the Dimension PropertyManager. Click
Foreshortened
9.
, then click
Select the endpoints of the arc and set the vertical dimension to 65.
As you move the pointer, the dimension snaps to the closest orientation. When the preview indicates the
dimension type and location you want, right-click to lock the dimension type. Click to place the dimension.
10.
Right-click and select Tangent Arc, then sketch another arc as shown. Dimension it to a radius of 20.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Select
on the Standard toolbar, then hold down Ctrl and select the endpoints of the tangent arc
you just sketched.
The Properties PropertyManager appears. The two endpoints are listed under Selected Entities.
2.
3.
Click
The dimensions and relations prevent the sweep path from changing size and shape when moved.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Dimension the distance between the horizontal line of the sweep path and the bottom edge of the revolved
feature to 10.
2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Select the Right plane in the FeatureManager design tree, then click Sketch
open a new sketch.
2.
Click Normal To
3.
Click Ellipse
on the Sketch toolbar, then sketch an ellipse anywhere in the graphics area.
To sketch an ellipse, drag horizontally from the center point of the ellipse to set the width of the ellipse,
release the pointer, then click and drag vertically to set the height.
4.
Click Select
shown.
on the Standard toolbar, then hold down Ctrl and click the endpoints of the ellipse as
5.
, then click OK
7.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Isometric
9.
Hold down Ctrl and click the center point of the ellipse and the endpoint of the horizontal line of the sweep
path.
10.
, then click OK
This coincident relation ensures that the center point of the sweep section lies on the plane of the sweep
path.
11.
12.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager:
A preview of the sweep appears in the graphics area. Note how the colors in Profile and Path match those in the
graphics area.
3.
4.
Click OK
5.
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Select the top face of the revolved base feature, then click Extruded Cut
2.
Click Normal To
3.
Click Circle
shown.
4.
5.
Click Isometric
6.
7.
on the Sketch toolbar, and select the sketch origin. Sketch and dimension a circle as
Set Depth
Click
to 25.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
At the top of the FeatureManager design tree, to the right of the tabs, click Show Display Pane
2.
Move the pointer over cstick at the top of the FeatureManager design tree, and then across into the
Transparency
3.
column.
In the graphics area, the part becomes transparent. You can see the angled cut in the top of the candlestick.
4.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Electrical Routing
Page 1 of 1
Electrical Routing
You can model cables or harnesses with Solidworks electrical routing tools.
In this tutorial, you learn how to:
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Click here:
or open
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\routing\electrical\Top_assy.sldasm.
5.
Most electrical routing options are available only when you edit a route. If you exit this mode, select
Edit Route
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Options
2.
3.
Click OK.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Inserting Connectors
Page 1 of 2
Inserting Connectors
Next, you insert plug connectors from the Design Library into the assembly.
When you drag a component from the Routing Library into the assembly, the Route Properties PropertyManager
appears. When you close it, a new subassembly for the route harness opens in 3D sketch mode. Assembly
colors appear gray in 3D sketch mode. In addition, the Auto Route PropertyManager appears.
1.
(View toolbar) and rotate the assembly to view the holes in the blue inside wall.
2.
Drag the plug into the assembly and mate it with the right-most hole on the blue side.
The assembly turns gray and the Auto Route PropertyManager appears.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Inserting Connectors
Page 2 of 2
4.
5.
Drag another plug-5pindin.sldprt into the assembly and mate it with the lower middle hole on the
side opposite the first plug.
(View toolbar) and rotate the assembly to view the six holes opposite the plug.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Zoom in on one of the plugs in the assembly and select the stub at the end of its CPoint.
The Auto Route PropertyManager displays the selected point in Current Selection.
2.
3.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
in the PropertyManager.
Selecting 20g blue assigns the 20-gauge blue wire part to the internal cable wire when you complete this
procedure.
20g blue appears in Selected Wires.
4.
5.
6.
Click
7.
8.
Click
The harness contains a single 20-gauge blue wire connected to Pin 1 on each plug.
9.
and click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
From the electrical folder of the Routing Library, select the 90_richco_hurc-4-01-clip.sldprt clip.
2.
Drag the clip to the lower left hole of the side of the assembly and mate it with the hole.
This is the side of the assembly that has holes but no plugs. You might need to rotate the assembly to display this
side.
If prompted to select a configuration, click OK to select the default.
3.
Click to place the clip when it mates with the left hole of the side wall.
4.
Drag two more clips where they mate with the other holes as shown.
5.
Right-click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
With each click, the cable is routed through the selected clip.
4.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
2.
Rotate and zoom the model to display the wall with six holes.
3.
Select a point in the middle of the cable to define the split point.
You can enter more than one split point before you exit the sketch.
4.
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Drag plug-5pindin.sldprt from the electrical Routing Library and insert it into the lower right hole as
shown..
4.
Now you can connect the route from the split point to the plug.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
If the Auto Route PropertyManager does not open automatically, click Auto Route
toolbar).
2.
(Routing Tools
3.
Click
4.
Shift + select both cables, and under Add Relations in the PropertyManager, click Tangent
click
.
, and
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
5.
Page 2 of 2
and click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
in the PropertyManager.
Click OK.
6.
7.
Select the other route segment to route the wires between two plugs.
8.
Click
9.
10.
Click
and click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Click References in the Save As dialog box to save the harness references, as well as the assembly.
4.
5.
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here:
or open
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\routing\electrical\Top_assy.sldasm.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click
Click Yes.
Five connectors are listed in the Insert Component PropertyManager.
.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Inserting Components
Page 1 of 2
Inserting Components
The names of components listed in the Insert Component PropertyManager are derived from the imported from-to
list.
A closer look at from-to lists
Next, you insert the listed components and complete the route specified by the from-to list.
1.
Click Rotate
(View toolbar) and Zoom to Fit
assembly with six holes.
2.
Insert battery1 in the lower middle hole and motor1 in the upper right hole as shown.
When you mate a connector, it is removed from the Insert route connectors list in the
PropertyManager.
3.
Insert xcon1, xcon2, and xcon3 from left to right in the opposite wall of the assembly.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Inserting Components
4.
5.
Click
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
4.
Click
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
6.
7.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
If prompted to save the virtual route as an assembly, click Yes and in the Save As dialog box, select the
harness and click Same As Assembly and click OK.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
4.
Click
5.
Click Yes when prompted to add a length field to the BOM template.
The drawing includes the flattened harness, the BOM, the cut list, the connector tables, and the balloons.
The flattened configuration and drawing are simplified representations of the route. The annotations on the
route segments display the length of the routed wire.
6.
7.
Navigate to a directory away from your installation directory and save the drawing (along with its
references) as my_top_assy_fromto_drawing.slddrw.
Click Yes if you are prompted to save the drawing references.
8.
Close the drawing and click File > Save As to save the assembly.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
9.
Page 2 of 2
Save the assembly in your own directory as my_top_assy_fromto_completed.sldasm and close the
assembly.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the Route Drawings lesson, you create a drawing for the above assembly. The drawing includes:
A bill of materials
Auto balloons
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
A route subassembly is always a component of a top-level assembly. When you insert certain components into an
assembly, a route subassembly is created automatically.
You model the route by creating a 3D sketch of the centerline of the route path. The software generates the pipe or
tube along the centerline.
To begin, activate the SolidWorks Routing add-in.
1.
2.
In the Active Add-ins column, select SolidWorks Routing to activate it for this session.
In addition, you can select it in the Start Up column to automatically activate Routing every time you start
the SolidWorks application. This is useful if you work with Routing often.
3.
Click OK.
You can find additional information about SolidWorks Routing in the SolidWorks Help. Click Help, SolidWorks
Help. On the Contents tab, expand SolidWorks Routing.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
tab.
The default template location is listed next to Routing Template. The path is typically
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\SolidWorks\SolidWorks
version\templates or C:\ProgramData\SolidWorks\SolidWorks version\templates,
depending on your operating system.
3. Do not exit the Routing Library Manager.
Now browse to the template.
1. In Windows Explorer, browse to your default template location.
The default routing template, routeAssembly.asmdot, appears in the folder.
What if the routing template does not appear in the folder?
2. Close Windows Explorer.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
For Look in, browse to your default template location (typically C:\Documents and Settings\All
Users\Application Data\SolidWorks\SolidWorks<version>\templates).
c.
Select routeAssembly.asmdot.
d.
Click Open.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
(Standard toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You must have write access to your Design Library to create folders and add parts. If you do not have write
access, you can skip this page and use a default part already in the library.
Create a new folder in the Routing Library and add a rubber tubing part.
1.
Click here:
to open tube - rubber.sldprt (or browse to <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\routingpipes\tube - rubber.sldprt).
2.
a.
tab.
b.
The tubing folder contains several sub-folders, such as flanges, tees, and tubes.
3.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
For Items to Add, select tube - rubber at the top of the flyout FeatureManager design tree.
b.
Under Save To, make sure the tutorial folder is selected under Design Library folder.
c.
Click
The part is added to the Routing Library, and is available for selection when you create a route.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
c. Browse to C:\MyRoutingTutorial.
d. Select MyRouteAssembly.asmdot.
e. Click Open.
f. Click OK again and Exit in the Routing Library Manager.
MyRouteAssembly.asmdot is now the routing template. To revert to the default template
click Load Default in the Routing Library Manager.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Starting a Route-1
Page 1 of 1
Starting a Route
Add some pipe and tube routes to an assembly.
1.
2.
On the System Options tab, select Assemblies, clear Save new components to external files and click
OK.
3.
Click here:
to open Piping-Tubing.sldasm (or browse to <install_dir>\sample\tutorial\routingpipes\Piping-Tubing.sldasm)
4.
The assembly already contains a filter, a regulator, and three flanges that need to be connected by pipe or tube
routes.
If shadows are on, turn them off by clicking Shadows In Shaded Mode
(View toolbar).
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Starting a Route-2
Page 1 of 1
You can use tools on the View toolbar to zoom, rotate, and pan the model view to facilitate working with the
model.
1.
(Piping toolbar).
The Design Library opens to the piping section of the Routing Library.
2.
3.
Drag slip on weld flange.sldprt from the library to the flange face on the regulator.
4.
5.
b.
Click OK.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Starting a Route-3
Page 1 of 1
The new route subassembly is created in the FeatureManager design tree as [Pipe_1MySkid] .
If you have cleared the Routing Option, Save route assembly externally, the
new subassembly is saved as a virtual component. To view Routing Options, click
Options
A stub of pipe appears, extending from the flange you just placed.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Drag the endpoint of the stub to increase the pipe length as shown. You do not need to be exact.
Now add the horizontal flange to the route, so you can connect the pipe to it.
2.
On the View menu, make sure Routing Points is selected and Hide All Types is cleared.
3.
Move the pointer over the connection point (CPoint1) in the center of the flange.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Line
(Sketch toolbar).
2.
Sketch a line between the endpoints of the stub and the longer pipe segment.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The line aligns along the Z axis. The lengths of the other pipes adjust.
4.
Click
If you have cleared the Routing Option, Save route parts externally, the new component is saved as a
virtual component. To view Routing Options, click Options
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
The three pipe components are configurations of the component [4inSchedule40-Pipe_1-MySkid] that was
created when you exited the sketch. The length of each pipe segment is listed.
7.
Expand Components
The other components of the route subassembly (the flange and two elbows) are Routing Library parts.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Piping toolbar).
2.
(Sketch toolbar).
3.
Click the centerline of the pipe approximately where shown to add a split point.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the Design Library, click the tees folder in the upper panel to display its contents in the lower panel.
2.
Drag (but do not drop) reducing outlet tee inch from the Design Library to the split point.
3.
4.
5.
6.
A tee fitting is added to the route, and a stub of pipe extends from the open port.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Adding a Flange
Page 1 of 1
Adding a Flange
Now route the pipe from the tee fitting to the upper flange. First you need to add the flange to the route.
1.
2.
Move the pointer over the connection point (CPoint1) in the center of the flange.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Select the endpoints of the two stubs (one at the tee fitting, the other at the flange).
The points are listed under Current Selection in the PropertyManager. Because this is a rigid pipe route,
Orthogonal route is automatically selected under Auto Route. An orthogonal route between the two points
appears in the graphics area.
3.
In the PropertyManager, under Auto Route, for Alternate paths, click the up and down arrows until the
path appears as shown.
4.
Click
5.
Click
In the FeatureManager design tree, the new tee and elbows appear in Components
appear in Route Parts
.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Piping toolbar).
2.
(Sketch toolbar).
3.
Click the centerline of the pipe approximately where shown to add a split point.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here:
to open ball valve with flanges.sldasm (or click Open
and browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\routing-pipes\ball valve with flanges.sldasm).
6.
7.
Select ball valve with flanges at the top of the FeatureManager design tree, and drag (but do not drop) the
assembly to the split point in the route assembly.
8.
9.
10.
Close the ball valve assembly. If a message appears asking if you want to save the document you are
closing, click Yes.
11.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Move the pointer over the connection point (CPoint1) in the center of the flange.
3.
4.
Click Line
Sketch the straight lines only - the sketch fillets are added automatically.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Hold down Ctrl and select the centerline of the larger pipe.
4.
The last route segment and all the segments in the same plane move to a plane coincident with the centerline of
the larger pipe.
5.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Top
2.
Drag the route so that the pipe is over the weldment section as shown.
3.
Click Isometric
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
First you need to change the editing focus from the route subassembly back to the top-level assembly.
1.
(Assembly toolbar).
3.
4.
Right-click CPoint2 on the fitting on top of the regulator and select Start Route.
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
a.
Click
and browse to \routing\tubing\tutorial\tube - rubber.sldprt (the part you added to the
Design Library earlier in this tutorial), and click Open.
If you were unable to add the rubber tubing part earlier, click Cancel and use the default stainless
steel part tube-ss.sldprt.
b.
6.
Click
7.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Right-click CPoint2 on the other fitting (on top of the filter) and select Add to Route.
2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2. For Current Selection in the PropertyManager, select the endpoints of the two stubs.
A spline is added to complete the route between the two points.
3. Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Isometric
2.
3.
4.
(Assembly toolbar) to change the editing focus back to the top-level assembly.
Congratulations! You have completed the Pipe and Tube Routes lesson.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Route Drawings
Page 1 of 1
Route Drawings
In this lesson you create a drawing for the routes you created in the Pipe and Tube Routes lesson. In addition to
views of the routes, the drawing has a bill of materials (BOM) that includes pipe length information.
1.
Open the assembly you completed in the Pipe and Tube Routes lesson.
Click here:
Browse to <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\routing-pipes\FinalSkid.sldasm.
to open FinalSkid.sldasm.
2.
Click New
3.
4.
a.
Click Advanced.
b.
c.
Click OK.
b.
Select D - Landscape.
c.
Click OK.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Inserting a View
Page 1 of 1
Inserting a View
Place a view of the assembly on the drawing sheet.
1.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
Click
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Adding a BOM-1
Page 1 of 1
Adding a BOM
Now add a BOM.
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager:
(Table toolbar).
a.
b.
Click
3.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Adding a BOM-2
Page 1 of 1
Move the pointer over the column header for the DESCRIPTION column.
3.
4.
a.
b.
5.
The column heading changes to SWPipeLength, and lengths appear for all the pipe and tube parts.
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(View toolbar).
2.
3.
Change Scale to 1 : 8.
4.
Click OK.
5.
Select the view in the graphics area, and then drag it to position it on the sheet.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Adding Balloons
Page 1 of 1
Adding Balloons
Now add balloons.
1.
2.
Click AutoBalloon
3.
(Annotation toolbar).
Square
Balloon Edges
4.
Click
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Sheet Metal
Page 1 of 1
Sheet Metal
In this lesson, you create the sheet metal part. This lesson demonstrates:
Mirroring a feature
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
Expand the Line flyout menu on the Sketch CommandManager and sketch a Centerline
toolbar) through the origin, then use Add Relation
(Sketch toolbar) to add a Symmetric
between the three vertical lines. Later, this allows you to mirror about the Right plane.
5.
6.
(Sketch
relation
(Sketch toolbar).
Set Depth
to 75.
Set Thickness
to 3.
to 1.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
8.
Click
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Sheet-Metal1. Contains the default bend parameters including bend radius, bend allowance, and relief
type. To edit, right-click Sheet-Metal1 and on the context toolbar, click Edit Feature
Base-Flange1. Designates the first solid feature of the sheet metal part. To edit the Base-Flange
parameters, right-click Base-Flange1 and on the context toolbar, click Edit Feature
Flat-Pattern1. Flattens the sheet metal part. The flat pattern is suppressed by default because the part
is in its bent state. To flatten the part, right-click Flat-Pattern1 and on the context toolbar, click Unsuppress
.
When the Flat-Pattern feature is suppressed, new features are automatically inserted above the Flat-Pattern
feature in the FeatureManager design tree. When the Flat-Pattern feature is unsuppressed, new features go below
it in the FeatureManager design tree and are not shown in the folded part.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Sketch and dimension a circle with its center coincident to the midpoint of the edge, as shown.
3.
4.
In the PropertyManager, click Link to thickness under Direction 1, and then click
5.
Click Wireframe
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
6.
7.
Select the inside vertical edge as shown to create a sketch plane normal to the selected edge with its origin
at the closest endpoint of the edge. Make sure to select the upper portion of the edge.
8.
Click Bottom
9.
Click Zoom to
Area
(View
toolbar) and zoom
to the sketch
origin.
10.
a.
Horizontal Line
(Sketch toolbar), with
an approximate length
of 20.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
b.
Tangent Arc
(Sketch toolbar), with
an approximate radius
of 10.
c.
Line
(Sketch
toolbar) tangent to the
arc, with an
approximate length of
6.
indicates tangency.
11.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Click Isometric
3.
4.
Click Propagate
(View toolbar).
(Sketch toolbar).
The miter flange is propagated to the tangent edges, stopping at the notch.
5.
6.
Click
7.
8.
(View toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Back
2.
3.
Click Mirror
4.
Select one of the back planar faces, as shown, for Mirror Face/Plane
5.
Click Bodies to Mirror, and select the sheet metal body as shown, for Solid/Surface Bodies to Mirror
(Features toolbar).
6.
Click
7.
Click Isometric
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
8.
Page 2 of 2
Expand Mirror1 in the FeatureManager design tree to view new bends for the mirrored geometry.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
4.
1.
2.
3.
In the PropertyManager:
5.
Select Offset.
to 30.
to 15.
Under Flange Parameters, click Edit Flange Profile to display the Profile Sketch dialog box.
Select the end points along the base flange (inside edge) and drag them towards the center as shown.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Repositioning the end points removes the relation between the width of the base flange and the width of
the edge flange.
6.
7.
Click Finish to close the Profile Sketch dialog box and complete the edge flange.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The plane used to mirror the sheet metal feature must be centered between the edges of the base flange.
1.
Click Mirror
2.
3.
(Features toolbar).
a.
b.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Adding a Tab
Page 1 of 2
Adding a Tab
1.
Sketch a rectangle, making one edge of the rectangle coincident to the upper edge of the edge flange.
3.
Dimension the rectangle to stick out 20 from the edge flange and be 40 long
4.
5.
Add a coincident relation between the midpoint of one of the long lines of the rectangle and the edge flange:
a.
Right-click one of the long lines of the rectangle, and click Select Midpoint.
b.
c.
Right-click the long edge of mirrored edge flange, and click Select Midpoint.
d.
(Dimensions/Relations toolbar).
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Adding a Tab
Page 2 of 2
6.
7.
Click
(Sketch toolbar).
The tab is added to the part. The SolidWorks software links the thickness of the tab to the thickness of the base
flange.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Bending a Tab
Page 1 of 2
Bending a Tab
Now you specify how to bend the tab.
1.
Select the top face of the tab, then click Sketched Bend
2.
The bend line does not need to be the exact length of the face you are bending.
3.
4.
5.
(Sketch toolbar).
a.
Select the face with the sketch below the bend line for Fixed face
b.
c.
d.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Bending a Tab
6.
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Unfold
2.
In the graphics area, select the face and bend as shown for Fixed face
You can only select bends when the Bends to unfold box is active.
3.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
(Features toolbar).
2.
3.
Sketch and dimension a rectangle, and add a Collinear relation between the rectangle edge and the edge
of the edge flange as shown.
4.
5.
In the PropertyManager, under Direction 1, select Through All in End Condition, then click
through the bend region.
6.
Click Isometric
(Sketch toolbar).
to cut
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Fold
2.
In the PropertyManager, click Collect All Bends to add all unfolded bends to Bends to Fold
3.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
4.
1.
2.
3.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
to 75.
Set Length
to 85.
c.
d.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Select the edge of the base flange as shown for Faces to Extend
3.
Select Butt
4.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Verify that the rollback bar is rolled to the end, then click Flatten
(Sheet Metal toolbar). This is the
same as unsuppressing the Flat-Pattern feature that was created with the Base Flange feature.
The flattened sheet metal part appears with all of the bend lines shown.
2.
3.
again.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Options
(Standard toolbar).
2.
3.
Under Tangent edges in new views, select Visible, and click OK.
4.
5.
Drag the Isometric view from the View Palette to the upper-right corner of the drawing sheet.
6.
In the PropertyManager:
a.
b.
c.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager:
(Drawing toolbar).
a.
Click
b.
c.
Under Scale, select Use custom scale. Select User Defined in the list and type 1:3.
d.
The view orientation of flat patterns in a drawing views varies, depending on such factors as the way you
extruded the base flange. To rotate the view, select the drawing, click Rotate
(View), and make your
choices in the dialog box. You may also need to use Flip view in the PropertyManager.
3.
Click
4.
Click Save All to save both the drawing and the updated model if a message box notifies you that the model
referenced in the drawing was modified.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You can set font size as well as other options as part of the drawing template.
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager:
Click Font.
3.
In the Choose Font dialog box, select Points, 9 for Height, and click OK.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
In this example, the bend notes are positioned Above Bend Line .
1.
Press Ctrl and select UP 59.04 R7 and DOWN 90.00 R1 from the miter flange located at the bottom, as
shown.
2.
3.
Repeat steps 1 and 2 with the miter flange bend line notes at the top, as shown.
4.
Select UP 59.04 R7 from the miter flange located at the top, drag outside the part's shape to the left, and
click to position.
5.
You can change the angle of a bend note, the leader type, and the arrow style.
6.
Repeat steps 4 and 5 with the three remaining miter flange notes.
7.
Click
8.
Press Ctrl and select the five vertical instances of UP 90 R1 and DOWN 90 R1 along the center of the
drawing.
9.
to 0.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
10.
Click to place the bend notes so the drawing view approximately resembles the image below.
11.
Congratulations!
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Smart Components
Page 1 of 1
Smart Components
To make a component smart, you associate it with other components and features, such as bolts and mounting
holes. When you insert Smart Components into assemblies, you can choose to insert the associated components
and features.
In this tutorial, you make a pillow block bearing smart, and then add it to a stepped shaft assembly.
This lesson includes:
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Training Assemblies
Page 1 of 1
Training Assemblies
You define a Smart Component in a training assembly. A training assembly contains:
Components containing features you want to associate with the Smart Component.
The assembly used to define the pillow block bearing as a Smart Component was previously created.
Training Assembly
When you define the bearing as being smart, the following data is captured in the bearing file as a Smart Feature
:
External references to the files of associated components (cap screws and washers).
After you establish the bearing as smart, you no longer need the files for the training assembly or the part
containing the mounting boss feature, because the information is stored in the bearing file. You do still need the files
of associated components (cap screws, lock washers, and flat washers), because the bearing file contains external
references to these files.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here:
to open pillow_block.sldasm,
(or browse to <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\
smartcomponents\pillow_block.sldasm).
2.
(Assembly toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The bearing (the component that you are making smart) is highlighted.
4.
Select the cap screws, lock washers, and flat washers for Components
The cap screws, lock washers, and flat washers are components you want to associate with the bearing
selected in step 3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The entities already selected are hidden in the graphics area to facilitate choosing the features you want to
associate with the bearing. You can toggle the visibility by clicking Show Components/Hide Components.
6.
7.
8.
In the graphics area, select the inside cylindrical face in the pillow block for Concentric mate reference
.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click in the cells of the Configurator Table, and select the values shown.
Bearing
NPD-16
NPD-20
NPD-24
NPD-28
NPD-32
NPD-36
4.
5.
Click Save
Maximum
Diameter
1.01
1.26
1.51
1.76
2.01
2.26
(Standard toolbar). In the Save Modified Documents dialog box, click Save All.
All the Smart Component's defining data is saved in the component document bearing.sldprt.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here:
to open bearing.sldprt,
(or browse to <install_dir>\samples\tutorial
\smartcomponents\bearing.sldprt.
2.
A preview window appears with a temporary assembly containing the Smart Component.
3.
4.
Click anywhere outside the preview window to close it, then close the model.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here:
to open stepped_shaft.sldasm,
(or browse to <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\
smartcomponents\stepped_shaft.sldasm).
2.
3.
4.
Browse to <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\
smartcomponents\bearing.sldprt.
(Assemblies toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Small diameter
Medium diameter
Large diameter
Because you specified Diameter when creating the Smart Component in the training assembly, you can
place the bearing anywhere along the stepped shaft, and the component adjusts.
6.
Click to place the bearing on the medium diameter section of the stepped shaft.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
7.
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
A preview window appears that highlights the reference face in the training assembly for which you need to select a
corresponding face in the stepped shaft assembly.
2.
3.
Click
The boss extrude extends from the bottom of the bearing to the base plate, and the screws and washers are inserted.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Open bearing.sldprt.
2.
3.
4.
5.
For bearing configuration NPD-28, use same screws and washer as for bearing configuration NPD-32.
6.
7.
On the ConfigurationManager
8.
The temporary assembly disappears. The updated defining data is saved in the component document
bearing.sldprt.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
modify the macro to create the cut-extrude on any pre-selected face on the part, and
create a form where users can specify the cut-extrude's radius and depth values and create the cut-extrude on
any pre-selected face on the part
using the SolidWorks C#, VB.NET, or VBA macro recorder. Click a link to open the SolidWorks API tutorial using that
macro recorder.
C#
VB.NET
VBA
SolidWorks API
Record and modify a macro
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Lets you automate and customize the SolidWorks software and integrate your software with the SolidWorks
software.
The quickest and easiest way to start programming with the SolidWorks API is to record a macro. Then you can
modify the macro to fit your work site's needs. This tutorial provides instructions on recording, editing, and running a
macro written in C# in the SolidWorks software.
This tutorial assumes that you are familiar with using the SolidWorks software interactively. If you plan on automating,
customizing, or integrating your software with the SolidWorks software using the SolidWorks API, you should take a
VB.NET or C# programming course and then attend a SolidWorks API training course offered at a SolidWorks
Authorized Training and Support Center.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Recording a Macro
Page 1 of 1
Recording a Macro
Create a SolidWorks API C# program by recording the operations performed to create a cut-extrude on a face. The
SolidWorks macro recorder records every operation you perform while recording.
1.
Click here
2.
3.
4.
Click Sketch
5.
Click Normal To
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Examining a Macro
Page 1 of 1
Examining a Macro
1.
(Macro toolbar).
2.
Select CreateCutExtrudeCSharp.csproj.
3.
Click Open.
The SolidWorks Visual Studio Tools for Applications Integrated Development Environment (IDE) opens. The
Code Editor window contains the SolidWorks API C# code generated for the macro.
4.
Click here
Your macro may contain more lines of code than the displayed code if you performed any operations not
specified in the previous procedure; for example, rotating the part.
5.
Delete any lines of code in your macro that do not appear in the displayed code.
If swDoc.SketchManager.InsertSketch(true); does not appear in your code, you created the circle without
first inserting a sketch.
6.
Some arguments' numeric values in your macro may be different than those in the displayed code. These
values reflect coordinates of the model. Do not modify the values in your macro to match the values in the
displayed code.
7.
Close the browser displaying the code. Leave the Code Editor window open.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Modifying a Macro
Page 1 of 1
Modifying a Macro
Certain variables are declared automatically in a SolidWorks macro. You can delete any variables not used in the
program.
1.
Test the modified macro by recreating the cut-extrude in the candlestick holder.
a.
In the SolidWorks software, drag the rollback bar up the FeatureManager design tree until it is above the
Cut-Extrude1 feature.
b.
In the SolidWorks Visual Studio Tools for Applications IDE, click Start Debugging
4.
Drag the rollback bar back to the bottom of the FeatureManager design tree.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Debugging a Program
Page 1 of 1
Debugging a Program
To learn how to debug code in C#, change the code in the Code Editor window to cause errors to occur while
compiling it.
You cannot edit a running macro in SolidWorks x64. Instead, you must stop the running macro, edit the
macro, and run the macro again.
1.
Delete the letters el from the variable ModelDoc2 and change the name of the property ActiveDoc to
ActiveDoc2.
2.
In the SolidWorks graphics area, select the top face of the candlestick.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here
2.
3.
In the SolidWorks graphics area, select the face on the bottom of the part.
4.
in the SolidWorks Visual Studio Tools for Applications IDE to save the
A cut-extrude with a radius of 15mm and a depth of 25mm is created on the selected face and is centered on
the sketch point.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Creating a Form
Page 1 of 1
Creating a Form
Currently you must modify the code to change the radius and depth values programmatically. To increase the flexibility
of the program, you can create a C# form where users can specify these values.
1.
In the SolidWorks Visual Studio Tools for Applications IDE, click View > Project Explorer.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To change the name of the form, click the form in the Design View window.
6.
Click View > Properties Window to display the properties associated with Form1.
7.
Use the scroll bar in the Properties window to locate the (Name) row, which is near the beginning of the
Properties window.
8.
The name at the top of the Properties window changes to frmCutExtrude. However, the name shown on the form is
the Text property of the form, which you did not change, so it remains Form1.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Double-click the OK button on the form to open the Code Editor window containing an event procedure for this control.
The name of the event procedure, bOK_Click, is a combination of the control's name as specified in the control's Name property, an underscore (_),
and the name of the event. The Click procedure is the default procedure for a command button.
2.
Type, or copy and paste, these declarations above private void bOK_Click(object sender, EventArgs e).
Type, or copy and paste, this code between the private void bOK_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) event's curly brackets.
double radiusResult;
double depthResult;
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the SolidWorks software, select the bottom face of the candlestick holder.
2.
4.
Click OK.
A cut-extrude of the specified depth and radius is created on the bottom face.
5.
Click File > Exit in the SolidWorks Visual Studio for Applications IDE to exit it and return to SolidWorks.
6.
7.
8.
Browse to the folder where you saved the project and then browse to \SwMacro\bin\Debug.
9.
(Macro toolbar).
11.
Click OK.
Another cut-extrude of the specified depth and radius is created on the bottom face.
12.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Lets you automate and customize the SolidWorks software and integrate your software with the SolidWorks
software.
The quickest and easiest way to start programming with the SolidWorks API is to record a macro. Then you can
modify the macro to fit your work site's needs. This tutorial provides instructions on recording, editing, and running a
macro written in VB.NET in the SolidWorks software.
This tutorial assumes that you are familiar with using the SolidWorks software interactively. If you plan on automating,
customizing, or integrating your software with the SolidWorks software using the SolidWorks API, you should take a
VB.NET or C# programming course and then attend a SolidWorks API training course offered at a SolidWorks
Authorized Training and Support Center.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Recording a Macro
Page 1 of 1
Recording a Macro
Create a SolidWorks API VB .NET program by recording the operations performed to create a cut-extrude on a face.
The SolidWorks macro recorder records every operation you perform while recording.
1.
Click here
2.
3.
4.
Click Sketch
5.
Click Normal To
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Examining a Macro
Page 1 of 1
Examining a Macro
1.
(Macro toolbar) .
2.
Select CreateCutExtrudeVBNET.vbproj.
3.
Click Open.
The SolidWorks Visual Studio Tools for Applications Integrated Development Environment (IDE) opens. The
Code Editor window contains the SolidWorks API VB.NET code generated for the macro.
4.
Click here
Your macro may contain more lines of code than the displayed code if you performed any operations
not specified in the previous procedure; for example, rotating the part.
5.
Delete any lines of code in your macro that do not appear in the displayed code.
If swDoc.SketchManager.InsertSketch(true) does not appear in your code, you created the circle without
first inserting a sketch.
6.
Some arguments' numeric values in your macro may be different than those in the displayed code.
These values reflect coordinates of the model. Do not modify the values in your macro to match the values in
the displayed code.
7.
Close the browser displaying the code. Leave the Code Editor window open.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Modifying a Macro
Page 1 of 1
Modifying a Macro
Creating associations between two entities is called binding. For example, in the VB.NET line of code Dim boolstatus As
Boolean = false, the variable named boolstatus is associated, or bound, to the data type Boolean. When binding occurs at
compile time, it is called early binding.
To avoid problems like misnamed variables and to reduce debugging time and improve the performance of your program, you
should explicitly declare and bind variables early.
1.
Type Option Explicit On at the top of the program, above Imports SolidWorks.Interop.sldworks, to ensure that all
variables are explicitly declared.
Certain variables are declared automatically in a SolidWorks macro. You can delete any variables not used in the
program.
2.
Test the modified macro by recreating the cut-extrude in the candlestick holder.
a.
In the SolidWorks software, drag the rollback bar up the FeatureManager design tree until it is above the CutExtrude1 feature.
b.
In the SolidWorks Visual Studio Tools for Applications IDE, click Start Debugging
5.
Drag the rollback bar back to the bottom of the FeatureManager design tree.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Debugging a Program
Page 1 of 1
Debugging a Program
To learn how to debug code in VB.NET, change the code in the Code Editor window to cause errors to occur while
compiling it.
You cannot edit a running macro in SolidWorks x64. Instead, you must stop the running macro, edit the
macro, and run the macro again.
1.
Delete the letters el from the variable ModelDoc2 and change the name of the property ActiveDoc to
ActiveDoc2.
2.
In the SolidWorks graphics area, select the top face of the candlestick.
3.
A message box is displayed informing you that there was a build error.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here
2.
3.
In the SolidWorks graphics area, select the face on the bottom of the part.
4.
in the SolidWorks Visual Studio Tools for Applications IDE to save the
A cut-extrude with a radius of 15mm and a depth of 25mm is created on the selected face and is centered on
the sketch point.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Creating a Form
Page 1 of 1
Creating a Form
Currently you must modify the code to change the radius and depth values programmatically. To increase the flexibility
of the program, you can create a VB.NET form where users can specify these values.
1.
In the SolidWorks Visual Studio Tools for Applications IDE, click View > Project Explorer.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To change the name of the form, click the form in the Design View window.
6.
Click View > Properties Window to display the properties associated with Form1.
7.
Use the scroll bar in the Properties window to locate the (Name) row, which is near the beginning of the
Properties window.
8.
The name at the top of the Properties window changes to frmCutExtrude. However, the name shown on the form is
the Text property of the form, which you did not change, so it remains Form1.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Double-click the OK button on the form to open the Code Editor window containing an event procedure for this control.
The name of the event procedure, bOK_Click, is a combination of the control's name as specified in the control's Name property, an
underscore, and the name of the event. The Click procedure is the default procedure for a command button.
2.
Type, or copy and paste, these declarations above Private Sub bOK_Click(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal e As
System.EventArgs) Handles bOK.Click.
Type, or copy and paste, this code between Private Sub bOK_Click(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs)
Handles bOK.Click and End Sub.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the SolidWorks software, select the bottom face of the candlestick holder.
2.
4.
Click OK.
A cut-extrude of the specified depth and radius is created on the bottom face.
5.
Click File > Exit in the SolidWorks Visual Studio for Applications IDE to exit it and return to SolidWorks.
6.
7.
8.
Browse to the folder where you saved the project and then browse to \SwMacro\bin.
9.
(Macro toolbar).
11.
Click OK.
Another cut-extrude of the specified depth and radius is created on the bottom face.
12.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Lets you automate and customize the SolidWorks software and integrate your software with the SolidWorks
software.
The quickest and easiest way to start programming with the SolidWorks API is to record a macro. Then you can
modify the macro to fit your work site's needs. This tutorial provides instructions on recording, editing, and running a
macro written in Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) in the SolidWorks software.
This tutorial assumes that you are familiar with using the SolidWorks software interactively. If you plan on automating,
customizing, or integrating your software with the SolidWorks software using the SolidWorks API, you should take a
Visual Basic or Visual C# programming course and then attend a SolidWorks API training course offered at a
SolidWorks Authorized Training and Support Center.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Recording a Macro
Page 1 of 1
Recording a Macro
Create a SolidWorks API VBA program by recording the operations performed to create a cut-extrude on a face. The
SolidWorks macro recorder records every operation you perform while recording.
1.
Click here
2.
3.
4.
Click Sketch
5.
Click Normal To
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Examining a Macro
Page 1 of 1
Examining a Macro
1.
(Macro toolbar).
2.
Open CreateCutExtrudeVBA.swp.
The Visual Basic Editor and the Code window open. The Code window contains the SolidWorks API code
generated for the macro.
3.
Click here
Your macro may contain more lines of code than the displayed code if you performed any operations not
specified in the previous exercise; for example, rotating the part.
4.
Delete any lines of code in your macro that do not appear in the displayed code.
If Part.SketchManager.InsertSketch True does not appear in your code, you created the circle without first
inserting a sketch.
5.
Some arguments' numeric values in your macro may be different than those in the displayed code. These
values reflect coordinates of the model. Do not modify the values in your macro to match the values in the
displayed code.
6.
Close the browser displaying the code. Leave the Code window open.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Modifying a Macro
Page 1 of 1
Modifying a Macro
To avoid problems like misnamed variables and to improve the performance of your program, you should explicitly
declare and bind variables early.
A closer look at binding
1.
To explicitly declare all variables, type Option Explicit at the top of the program, before Dim swApp As
Object.
Option Explicit
Dim swApp As Object
Certain variables are declared automatically in a SolidWorks macro. You can delete any variables not used in
the program.
2.
3.
Modify the swApp and Part variables to make them early bound.
As you type code in the Code window, a list containing similarly spelled objects, methods, and properties
is displayed. When the correct object, method, or property is selected in the list, press the Tab key to insert it in
your program.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Debugging a Program
Page 1 of 1
Debugging a Program
To learn how to debug code in Visual Basic, change the code in the Code window to cause errors to occur while
executing it.
You cannot edit a running macro in SolidWorks x64. Instead, you must stop the running macro, edit the
macro, and run the macro again.
1.
Delete the letter r from the variable Part and change the name of the method InsertSketch to InsertSketch2.
2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here
2.
3.
In the SolidWorks graphics area, select the face on the bottom of the part.
4.
A cut-extrude with a radius of 15mm and a depth of 25mm is created on the selected face and is centered on
the sketch point.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Creating a Form
Page 1 of 1
Creating a Form
Currently you must modify the code to change the radius and depth values programmatically. To increase the flexibility
of the program, you can create a Visual Basic form where users can specify these values.
1.
2.
3.
Click Insert > UserForm to add a blank form called UserForm1 to the project and to display the Toolbox.
4.
Click View > Properties Window to display the properties associated with UserForm1.
5.
To change the name of the form, click UserForm1 in the Project Explorer.
If you do not see UserForm1 in the Project Explorer, drag the window downward to lengthen it.
6.
7.
The name at the top of the Properties window and the name of the form module in the Project Explorer change to
frmCutExtrude. However, the name shown on the form is the Caption property of the form, which you did not
change, so it remains UserForm1.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Double-click the OK button on the form to open the Code window containing an event procedure for this
control.
The name of the event procedure, bOK_Click, is a combination of the control's name as specified in the
control's Name property, an underscore (_), and the name of the event. The Click procedure is the default
procedure for a command button.
2.
Type, or copy and paste, these declarations above Private Sub bOK_Click().
Type, or copy and paste, this code between Private Sub bOK_Click() and End Sub.
' Make sure that the text in the two text boxes on the
' form, txtDepth and txtRadius, is numerical
If IsNumeric(txtDepth.text) And IsNumeric(txtRadius.text) Then
depth = txtDepth.text
radius = txtRadius.text
' Close the dialog box and continue
Hide
Else
' Display a message box telling users to enter numerical
' values for both depth and radius
MsgBox "You must type numeric values for both depth and radius."
End If
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the SolidWorks software, select the bottom face of the candlestick holder.
2.
3.
Open CreateCutExtrudeVBA.swp.
4.
Type 20 in Radius.
5.
Type 10 in Depth.
6.
Click OK.
(Macro toolbar).
A cut-extrude of the specified depth and radius is created on the bottom face.
7.
Repeat steps 1 through 6 to create another cut-extrude on this face. Specify 15 in Radius and 10 in Depth.
8.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
C#
VB.NET
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
C# Overview
Page 1 of 1
C# Overview
This tutorial shows you how to create a custom SolidWorks PropertyManager page for an add-in using the
SolidWorks SwCSharpAddin template and API.
Important: Experience programming in C# in Microsoft Visual Studio .NET is a prerequisite of the tutorial. Carefully
read all parts of this tutorial. The screen shots appearing in many steps show you where and how to modify your C#
project. Examine the highlighted code. For your convenience, three fully implemented classes, whose code you can
reference and copy and paste into your C# project, are included with this tutorial: SwAddin.cs, PMPHandler.cs,
UserPMPage.cs
In this tutorial, you learn how to:
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Ensure that you have installed Microsoft Visual Studio .NET (2005 or later) and a compatible version of
Microsoft .NET Framework.
2.
For instructions on how to download the SolidWorks API SDK, open API Help > SolidWorks API Help >
Getting Started > Overview.
3.
Click Next on the Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for SolidWorks API SDK page.
4.
5.
<< C# Overview
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Verify that Tools > Options > Project and Solutions > General > Save new projects when created is
selected.
3.
4.
Locate and select the SolidWorks add-in template SwCSharpAddin from the list of Visual C# installed
templates.
5.
6.
7.
Click OK.
Solution Explorer displays a C# add-in project tree.
8.
References
C# Add-in Classes
Bitmap Files
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 3
2.
To debug in Visual Studio, point the debugger's start program to your SolidWorks executable by right-clicking the project in Solution Explorer.
3.
Select Properties, click the Debug tab, select Start external program, and click
4.
5.
in the Microsoft Visual Studio IDE toolbar to compile and run the add-in and start SolidWorks.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
7.
Page 2 of 3
8.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
9.
10.
Page 3 of 3
SolidWorks closes.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
the types of user-interface controls supported by the SolidWorks API. See SolidWorks API Help >
Getting Started > Programming with the SolidWorks API > PropertyManager Pages > Using
IPropertyManagerPage2.
the limits on the number of each type of control on any PropertyManager page. See SolidWorks API Help
> SolidWorks APIs > SolidWorks.Interop.sldworks Namespace > Interfaces >
IPropertyManagerPage2.
The SwCSharpAddin template created two classes for the PropertyManager page of its add-in:
UserPMPage.cs
PMPHandler.cs
Using these classes as a starting point, you will use the SolidWorks API to change the add-in's user interface and
behavior. The add-in's look and feel is like all of the other SolidWorks PropertyManager pages, but it also provides a
specialized workflow.
Your PropertyManager page workflow is a three-step process:
1.
2.
3.
Select an edge.
Modify its length.
Rebuild the model.
The workflow uses a few of the controls from the original add-in:
Selection box
Spin/combo box
Button
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Double-click UserPMPage.cs in Solution Explorer to open it in the Microsoft Visual Studio editor.
2.
To increase the size of the editor pane, close the Solution Explorer window by clicking X in its title bar.
3.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
5.
Page 2 of 2
7.
8.
in the IDE.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Locate the protected void CreatePropertyManagerPage() method and change the title string for swPropertyPage from "Sample PMP" to
"Extrusion PMP".
2.
In the AddControls() method, change the title string for group1 from "Sample Group 1" to "Modify Extrusion".
3.
Change the title string for group2 from "Sample Group 2" to "Rebuild the Model".
4.
Change selection1 from group2 to group1 and change num1 from group2 to group1.
5.
Click
6.
7.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
8.
Click
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
Declare button1 of type IPropertyManagerPageButton and declare unique control ID, button1ID.
3.
At the beginning of the AddControls() method, controlType, align, and options variables are declared. In AddControls(), immediately before //selection1,
assign these variables to control type, alignment, and visibility options as defined in the SolidWorks enumerators, swPropertyManagerPageControlType_e,
swPropertyManagerPageControlLeftAlign_e, swAddControlOptions_e.
4.
Immediately after the controlType, align, and options assignments for button1, add the button1 control to group2 with a Redraw label, Click to redraw tooltip,
controlType, align, and options parameters.
5.
Click
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
7.
Click
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 3
Declare IPropertyManagerPageTab variables tab1 and tab2 and unique values for control IDs, tab1ID and tab2ID.
2.
At the beginning of AddControls(), add two tab controls with captions Step 1 and Step 2.
3.
At the end of AddControls(), add group1 to tab1, add group2 to tab2, and activate tab1 on startup.
4.
5.
In #region Property Manager Variables, change the scope of ppage to public so that other classes can access the UserPMPage object at
runtime.
6.
In UserPMPage.cs, add public method DisplayControls() which sets visibility of the group on each tab depending on the tab ID input parameter.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 3
7.
8.
Add code to the OnTabClicked() event handler to call UserPMPage.DisplayControls() to hide and display controls according to tab selection.
9.
In UserPMPage.cs, initialize tab1 with a call to DisplayControls() after activating the tab.
10.
11.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
12.
Page 3 of 3
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
In UserPMPage.cs in #region Property Manager Page Controls, remove or comment out all control declarations except button1,
selection1, and num1. Do not delete the tab and group declarations.
2.
Remove or comment out all control IDs except group1ID, group2ID, tab1ID, tab2ID, selection1ID, num1ID, button1ID.
3.
In AddControls(), remove or comment out assignments for textbox1, checkbox1, option1, option2, option3, list1, and combo1 controls
and all of their controlType, align, and options assignments.
Because PMPHandler.cs must fully implement the interface IPropertyManagerPage2Handler8, do not delete any event handling methods from
PMPHandler.cs. AfterClose() and OnClose() must contain code to prevent the .NET runtime environment from performing garbage collection at
the wrong time. With the exception of AfterClose() and OnClose(), methods that do not return anything (i.e., declared void) can be empty.
4.
Click
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
6.
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Set the SingleEntityOnly property to true so that only one selection is allowed.
2.
For num1:
In SetRange2(), change:
minimum to 0.0.
maximum to 0.1.
inclusive to true.
increment to 0.001.
fast increment to 0.005.
slow increment to 0.0001.
Set DisplayedUnit to swLengthUnit_e.swMM to display millimeters.
3.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
5.
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 5
2.
Create public method StoreEdgeIds()in #region UI Callbacks to store IDs for all 12 edges in the
extrusion.
3.
In #region Local Variables, declare public variables of type Edge for each edge and public variables, x, y,
and extrusion of type double. Initialize x, y, and extrusion to 0.1. Also declare public variable modDoc.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
4.
Page 2 of 5
In CreateCube():
specify (0,0,0), (x,0,0), and (0,y,0) to align the sketch's x and y axes.
replace FeatureExtrusion() with FeatureExtrusion2()
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
5.
Page 3 of 5
Add a public method GetAxisOfSelectedEdge() in #region UI Callbacks, whose input parameter is the
selected object from the event handler and whose return string contains the calculated axis.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 4 of 5
6.
7.
Because GetAxisOfSelectedEdge() must populate the num1 control of UserPMPage with the current length
of the selected edge, add public method SetNum1() in UserPMPage.cs to set the value of the private variable
num1.
8.
9.
Because PMPHandler needs to store the axis for later use, declare the axis variable at the top of
PMPHandler.cs and initialize axis to "extrusion" in the constructor of the handler.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 5 of 5
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 3
In PMPHandler.cs, declare double variable edgeSize and initialize it to .1 in the handler's constructor.
2.
3.
In SwAddin.cs in #region UI Callbacks, add public method ModifyCube(), which takes as input
parameters edgeSize and axis, which are stored by the event handler. Like CreateCube(),
ModifyCube() extrudes a sketch. Also like CreateCube(), ModifyCube() stores edge IDs. But
unlike CreateCube(), ModifyCube() does not reset the extrusion parameters to 0.1, so that the user
can continue to change edge lengths and re-extrude.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 3
4.
5.
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
7.
Page 3 of 3
8.
Click Step 2 and Redraw and examine the cube to verify that the selected edge's length changed.
9.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
3.
Copy pm_extruded_block.bmp to your add-in project, in the same subdirectory where the other project
bitmap files reside.
4.
In Solution Explorer, right-click the project and select Add > Existing Item.
5.
6.
7.
Click the down-arrow button in the Build Action row and change Content to Embedded Resource.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
In the constructor of UserPMPage, initialize iBmp and thisAssembly before calling CreatePropertyManagerPage().
3.
4.
In AddControls()after setting its selection filter, cast selection1 to IPropertyManagerPageControl and add standard SolidWorks bitmap label
swBitmapLabel_SelectEdge to the control.
5.
In AddControls()after setting its display units, cast num1 to IPropertyManagerPageControl and add standard SolidWorks bitmap label
swBitmapLabel_LinearDistance to the control.
6.
7.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
8.
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
4.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
VB.NET Overview
Page 1 of 1
VB.NET Overview
This tutorial shows you how to create a custom SolidWorks PropertyManager page for an add-in using the
SolidWorks SwVBAddin template and API.
Important: Experience programming in VB.NET in Microsoft Visual Studio .NET is a prerequisite of the tutorial.
Carefully read all parts of this tutorial. The screen shots appearing in many steps show you where and how to modify
your VB.NET project. Examine the highlighted code. For your convenience, three fully implemented classes, whose
code you can reference and copy and paste into your VB.NET project, are included with this tutorial: SwAddin.vb,
PMPHandler.vb, UserPMPage.vb
In this tutorial, you learn how to:
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Ensure that you have installed Microsoft Visual Studio .NET (2005 or later) and a compatible version of
Microsoft .NET Framework.
2.
For instructions on how to download the SolidWorks API SDK, open API Help > SolidWorks API Help >
Getting Started > Overview.
3.
Click Next on the Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for SolidWorks API SDK page.
4.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Verify that Tools > Options > Project and Solutions > General > Save new projects when created is
selected.
3.
4.
Locate and select the SolidWorks add-in template SwVBAddin in from the list of Visual Basic installed
templates.
5.
6.
7.
Click OK.
Solution Explorer displays a VB.NET add-in project tree.
8.
References
Bitmap Files
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 4
2.
To debug in Visual Studio, point the debugger's start program to your SolidWorks executable by rightclicking the project in Solution Explorer.
3.
Select Properties, click the Debug tab, select Start external program, and click
SolidWorks executable on your system.
4.
5.
to navigate to the
in the Microsoft Visual Studio IDE toolbar to compile and run the add-in and
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 4
7.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
8.
Page 3 of 4
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
9.
10.
Page 4 of 4
SolidWorks closes.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
the types of user-interface controls supported by the SolidWorks API. See SolidWorks API Help >
Getting Started > Programming with the SolidWorks API > PropertyManager Pages > Using
IPropertyManagerPage2.
the limits on the number of each type of control on any PropertyManager page. See SolidWorks API Help
> SolidWorks APIs > SolidWorks.Interop.sldworks Namespace > Interfaces >
IPropertyManagerPage2.
The SwVBAddin template created two classes for the PropertyManager page of its add-in:
UserPMPage.vb
PMPHandler.vb
Using these classes as a starting point, you will use the SolidWorks API to change the add-in's user interface and
behavior. The add-in's look and feel is like all of the other SolidWorks PropertyManager pages, but it also provides a
specialized workflow.
Your PropertyManager page workflow is a three-step process:
1.
2.
3.
Select an edge.
Modify its length.
Rebuild the model.
The workflow uses a few of the controls from the original add-in:
Selection box
Spin/combo box
Button
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Double-click UserPMPage.vb in Solution Explorer to open it in the Microsoft Visual Studio editor.
2.
To increase the size of the editor pane, close the Solution Explorer window by clicking X in its title bar.
3.
4.
To specify the same options setting for both group1 and group2, you can simply comment out the options assignment before the group2
assignment. The same options parameter is then passed to the AddGroupBox()constructor for both group boxes. To learn more about
the bitmask enumeration swAddGroupBoxOptions_e, see SolidWorks API Help > SolidWorks Enumerations >
SolidWorks.Interop.swconst Namespace > Enumerations > swAddGroupBoxOptions_e.
5.
7.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
8.
Page 2 of 2
in the IDE.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Locate the CreatePage() subroutine and change the title string for ppage from "Sample PMP" to
"Extrusion PMP".
2.
In the AddControls() subroutine, change the title string for group1 from "Sample Group I" to "Modify
Extrusion".
3.
Change the title string for group2 from "Sample Group II" to "Rebuild the Model".
4.
Change selection1 from group2 to group1 and change num1 from group2 to group1.
5.
Click
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
7.
8.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
3.
At the beginning of the AddControls() subroutine, controlType, leftAlign, and options variables are declared. In
AddControls()before the Combo1 section, add a Button1 section assigning control type, alignment, and visibility options as
defined in the SolidWorks enumerators, swPropertyManagerPageControlType_e, swPropertyManagerPageControlLeftAlign_e,
swAddControlOptions_e.
4.
Immediately after the controlType, align, and options assignments for button1, add the button1 control to group2 with a
Redraw label, a Click to redraw tooltip, controlType, align, and options parameters.
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
6.
7.
Click
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 5
2.
3.
At the beginning of AddControls(), add two tab controls with captions Step 1 and Step 2.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 5
4.
At the end of AddControls(), add group1 to tab1, add group2 to tab2, and activate tab1 on startup.
5.
6.
In #Region "Local Variables", add a public property to access ppage from other classes.
7.
In UserPMPage.vb, add subroutine DisplayControls() which sets visibility of the control groups
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 3 of 5
8.
9.
Add code to the OnTabClicked() event handler to call UserPMPage.DisplayControls() to hide and
display control groups according to tab selection.
10.
11.
12.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 4 of 5
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
13.
Page 5 of 5
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 3
In UserPMPage.vb in #Region "Property Manager Page Controls", remove or comment out all
control declarations except button1, selection1, and num1. Do not delete the tab and group
declarations.
2.
Remove or comment out all control ID declarations except group1ID, group2ID, tab1ID, tab2ID,
selection1ID, num1ID, button1ID.
3.
4.
Click
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 3
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
6.
Page 3 of 3
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Set the SingleEntityOnly property to true so that only one selection is allowed.
2.
For num1:
In SetRange2(), change:
minimum to 0.0.
maximum to 0.1.
inclusive to True.
increment to 0.001.
fast increment to 0.005.
slow increment to 0.0001.
Set the DisplayedUnit property to swLengthUnit_e.swMM to display millimeters.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
3.
4.
5.
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 3
2.
Create subroutine StoreEdgeIds()in #Region "UI Callbacks" to store IDs for all 12 edges in the extrusion.
3.
In #region "Local Variables", declare 12 edge variables as Edge types and declare x, y, and extrusion as double types. Initialize x, y, and extrusion to 0.1.
Declare modDoc as a ModelDoc2 type.
4.
In CreateCube():
specify (0,0,0), (x,0,0), and (0,y,0) to align the sketch's x and y axes.
replace FeatureExtrusion() with FeatureExtrusion2().
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 3
5.
Add a public function GetAxisOfSelectedEdge() in #region "UI Callbacks", whose input parameter is the selected edge and whose return string contains its
calculated axis (x, y, or extrusion).
6.
7.
Because GetAxisOfSelectedEdge() populates the num1 control with the current length of the selected edge, in UserPMPage.vb add public subroutine SetNum1() to
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 3 of 3
8.
In PMPHandler.vb in OnSubmitSelection(), call userAddin.GetAxisOfSelectedEdge() to calculate the axis of the selected edge.
9.
Because PMPHandler must store the selected axis for later use, declare axis as a String type at the top of PMPHandler.vb and initialize axis to "extrusion" in the
Init() function of the handler.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
In PMPHandler.vb, declare edgeSize as a Double type and initialize it to 0.1 in the handler's Init() function.
2.
In OnNumberboxChanged(), set edgeSize to the value returned by the spin box control, val.
3.
In SwAddin.vb in #Region "UI Callbacks", add public subroutine ModifyCube(), which takes input parameters edgeSize
and axis passed by the handler. Like CreateCube(), ModifyCube() extrudes a sketch and stores edge IDs. Unlike
CreateCube(), ModifyCube() does not use the original extrusion parameters, but rather uses edgeSize and axis to re-extrude.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
4.
In PMPHandler.vb in OnButtonPress(), call userAddin.ModifyCube(), passing in edgeSize and axis to rebuild the cube.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Click Step 2 and Redraw and examine the cube to verify that the selected edge's length changed.
10.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
3.
Copy pm_extruded_block.bmp to your add-in project, in the same subdirectory where the other project
bitmap files reside.
4.
In Solution Explorer, right-click the project and select Add > Existing Item.
5.
Select Image Files in the filter drop down list, select pm_extruded_block.bmp, and click Add.
6.
7.
In Properties, click the down-arrow button in the Build Action row and change Content to Embedded
Resource.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
8.
Page 2 of 2
Close Properties.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
In AddControls()after setting its selection filter, cast selection1 as a PropertyManagerPageControl and add
standard SolidWorks bitmap label swBitmapLabel_SelectEdge to the control.
3.
In AddControls()after setting its display units, cast num1 to a PropertyManagerPageControl and add standard
SolidWorks bitmap label swBitmapLabel_LinearDistance to the control.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
4.
5.
Page 2 of 2
The icons appear at the SolidWorks standard distance to the left of their controls on the PropertyManager page. The
title icon appears in the title bar.
6.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
After group2.AddControl(), cast button1 to PropertyManagerPageControl and set its Left property to 25.
3.
4.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
SolidWorks Utilities
Page 1 of 1
SolidWorks Utilities
SolidWorks Utilities is a set of tools that lets you examine in detail the geometry of a solid part, and make
comparisons to other parts so you can easily see the differences and similarities. This is especially helpful when you
want to analyze the differences between an original part and a revised version of the same part.
In this tutorial, you compare the features and geometry of two different parts, save the results in HTML reports, and
copy parameters from one feature to another.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click here
to open bracket_a (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\SWUtilities\Bracket_A.sldprt).
Click here
to open bracket_b (or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\SWUtilities\Bracket_B.sldprt).
Bracket_B.sldprt (revision of
Bracket_A.sldprt)
2.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
In the dialog box, on the Features tab, select the Color tab.
Select Unique Feature and make sure the color box is red.
Select Modified Feature and make sure the color box is yellow.
If the colors are incorrect, click Edit and select the correct color.
5.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the Task Pane, click Run Comparison. The following actions occur:
The two part windows are tiled, and the Compare Features results tab
Pane.
The graphics area displays the unique (red) and modified (yellow) features.
Bracket_A.sldprt
Bracket_B.sldprt
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
b.
Click Filletonhole.
The fillet feature is highlighted in the Bracket_A.sldprt window.
3.
In the Task Pane, highlight modified features in each part by selecting Fillet2.
The modified fillets are highlighted in both part windows and the fillet parameters appear in the details list in the
Task Pane.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
In the dialog box, if any views appear in Views to be added to report, click Remove All <<.
5.
Press Ctrl, select Bottom and Isometric in List of views, then click Add >>.
When the Compare Features HTML report is generated, it displays the reference part in the current,
bottom, and isometric views.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
a.
b.
The location where the report will be saved appears in Report folder path. Click Browse to change
the location.
c.
d.
Click Save.
The Compare Features Report opens in a browser in HTML format, and the report is saved in the
location chosen in step b. The report lists the unique and modified features by type, and displays
each feature's parameters and values so you can compare individual features.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Under Compare Options, select Check documents before Compare Geometry , Perform face comparison ,
and Perform volume comparison .
3.
On the Color tab, select each of the following geometry items and make sure the color box displays the color
indicated below:
Geometry item
Unique Face - faces unique to each
part
Color
Red
Yellow
Teal
Blue
Brown
If the colors are incorrect, click Edit and select the correct color.
4.
In the dialog box, on the Common tab, select the Units tab.
5.
6.
Click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the Compare Task Pane, click Run Comparison. The following occurs:
2.
Minimize the volume comparison window and display the windows showing brackets a and b.
3.
Bracket_B.sldprt
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click
Bracket_A.sldprt
Bracket_B.sldprt
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Click
Material
removed
Material added
Common
volume
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
, Geometry, Report.
2.
3.
4.
In the dialog box, if any views appear in Views to be added to report, click Remove All <<.
5.
Press Ctrl, select Bottom and Isometric in List of views, then click Add >>.
When the Compare Geometry HTML report is generated, it displays the reference part, the modified part,
and the Volume Comparison of Bracket_A.sldprt and Bracket_B.sldprt in the current, bottom, and
isometric views.
6.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
a.
b.
The location where the report will be saved appears in Report folder path. Click Browse to change
the location.
c.
d.
Click Save.
The Compare Geometry Report opens in a browser in HTML format and the report is saved in the
location chosen in step b. The report lists the following:
3.
Options used (Perform face comparison , Perform volume comparison , tolerances, and so on)
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
to re-display it.
4.
Click in Paste properties to, then select Hole1, Hole2, Hole3, and Hole4 in the FeatureManager design
tree in the Bracket_A.sldprt window.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
Click Apply.
Bracket_A.sldprt is updated with the new hole diameters copied from Bracket_B.sldprt.
Bracket_A.sldprt before
Feature Paint
Bracket_A.sldprt after
Feature Paint
7.
Click Close.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Surfaces Overview
Page 1 of 1
Surfaces Overview
Surfaces are a type of geometry with zero thickness. To create surfaces, you use many of the same methods used
to create solids, such as extrudes, revolves, and sweeps. Surfaces also use other functions or features such as
trim, untrim, extend, and knit.
Surfaces have advantages over solids. They are more flexible than solids because you do not have to define the
boundaries between the surfaces until the final steps of the design. This flexibility helps product designers work with
smooth, extended curves such as those used in automobile fenders or telephone housings.
In this lesson, you start with an existing sketch composed of lines, arcs, splines, and sketch points. Then you apply
the following surface features to create a nozzle:
lofts
planar
trim
sweeps
revolve
extend
knits
move/copy
untrim
fills
thicken
Existing sketch
Finished nozzle
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Click here
For clarity, many images display only the sketches relevant to that procedure.
1.
2.
3.
4.
4.
in the PropertyManager.
Click OK
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
in the PropertyManager.
5.
6.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
in the PropertyManager.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Under Selections:
4.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Under Selections:
4.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Select the top segment edge of the exit nozzle (created by the split feature), and the grip for Profiles
the PropertyManager.
in
Under Start/End Constraints, select Tangency To Face for Start constraint and End constraint.
4.
5.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
2.
Select the edges on the base and the grip for Profiles
in the PropertyManager.
Switch the start and end lengths as required, to apply the value of 7 to the side near the grip.
4.
5.
Click OK
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Select the edges on the base and the exit nozzle for Profiles
in the PropertyManager.
6.
3.
Under Start/End Constraints, select Tangency to Face for Start constraint and End constraint.
4.
5.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Select all the surface bodies in the folder for Surfaces and Faces to Knit
4.
Click OK
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
Click Back
2.
3.
Select an edge, right-click and choose Select Open Loop for Patch Boundaries
PropertyManager.
in the
Select Open Loop finds all the edges in a closed loop, creating the surface fill.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
5.
6.
Click OK
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Front
2.
3.
Select an edge, right-click and choose Select Open Loop for Patch Boundaries
PropertyManager.
Select an edge
4.
5.
6.
in the
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Planar Surface
Page 1 of 1
Planar Surface
Apply a planar surface to close the openings on the grip and the exit nozzle.
1.
Click Planar
Surface
2.
3.
Click OK
1.
Click Planar
Surface
2.
Select an edge on
the grip for
Bounding Entities
in the
PropertyManager,
and in the graphics
area, right-click and
choose Select
Open Loop.
3.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Select all the surface bodies in the folder for Surfaces and Faces to Knit
4.
Click OK
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Revolved Surface
Page 1 of 1
Revolved Surface
Use the Revolved Surface tool to create a surface that extends the nozzle base.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Set Angle
Click OK
to 360.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
Clear Copy.
5.
in the
To display the Translate properties, you might have to click Options, and then click Translate/Rotate.
4.
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Select Surface-Knit2 and Body-Move/Copy1 in the graphics area for Trimming Surfaces
Surface-Knit2
Body-Move/Copy1
4.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
You can select the faces for Pieces to Remove in any order. The list that appears in Pieces to Remove is
based on your selection order, not on the entity you select.
Body-Move/Copy1 Trim1
Surface-Knit2 Trim1
7.
Click OK
Before
After
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select Sketch14.
2.
3.
Under Direction 1:
4.
Set Depth
Click OK
to 140.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select Copy.
(View toolbar).
to 1.
4.
Expand Surface-Revolve1 in the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Sketch13, and select Show
5.
Under Rotate, click Rotation Reference (Linear Entity, Coordinate System, or Vertex)
Select Line1@Sketch13 in the graphics area for Rotation Reference (Linear Entity, Coordinate
System, or Vertex).
Line1 is the axis used with Sketch13 to create the surface revolve.
6.
Set Angle
Click OK
to 90.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
2.
3.
Under Selections:
Select Body-Move/Copy2 in the graphics area for Trimming Surface, Plane, or Sketch
4.
Click OK
5.
Under Surface-Bodies
.
.
in the FeatureManager design tree, click Body-Move/Copy2, and select Hide
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Under Selections:
Select Surface-Extrude1 in the graphics area for Trimming Surface, Plane, or Sketch
4.
Click OK
5.
Under Surface-Bodies
.
.
in the FeatureManager design tree, click Surface-Extrude1, and select Hide
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
4.
1.
2.
3.
Select Surface-Extrude1 and Body-Move/Copy2 in the folder for Solid/Surface Bodies to Delete
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
in the PropertyManager.
The Untrim Surface tool extends an existing surface along its natural boundaries, so you can select any
edge from Surface-Trim3.
3.
4.
Under Options:
Click OK
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Thicken
2.
3.
Set Thickness
Click OK
to 0.5.
Before
4.
After
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Overview
Page 1 of 1
Overview
SolidWorks Sustainability evaluates the environmental impact of a design throughout the life cycle of a product. You
can compare results from different designs to ensure a sustainable solution for the product and the environment.
This tutorial consists of two sections. The first introduces Sustainability and focuses on parts. The second focuses on
assemblies.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Material used
Manufacturing process and region
Transportation and use region
End of life disposal
<< Overview
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Selecting a Material
Page 1 of 1
Selecting a Material
You start by activating the application and selecting a material.
1.
Click here:
or open install_dir\Samples\tutorial\Sustainability\Drive
Sled.sldprt.
2.
Click Sustainability
3.
Click
4.
Under Material:
a. In Class, select Plastics.
b. In Name, select PC High Viscosity.
The software displays the part's weight. The Environmental Impact dashboard at the bottom of the Task
Pane provides real-time feedback about the environmental impact of your design.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Under Transportation and Use, for Use Region, click North America.
Data is not available for all regions. Regions that contain data are highlighted when you hover over
them.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
The Baseline bar for each environmental impact adjusts to show the values for the selected material, PC
High Viscosity.
Next you try to find a similar material that is a better environmental choice.
2.
3.
Condition
Density
~ (Approximately)
.
5.
6.
7.
Click Accept.
The dialog box closes. In the Task Pane, under Material, Plastics Nylon 101 is the current material. The
Environmental Impact dashboard is updated.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
The size of the pieces represent the percentage contributed by the parameters to the total environmental
impact.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Creating a Report
Page 1 of 1
Creating a Report
You can create a report that provides details about the environmental impact of the design, including comparisons
between the final design and the baseline design.
1.
If the report does not open, you need to add the template location. Click Tools > Options > System
Options > File Locations. In Show folders for, select Sustainability Report Template Folder,
then add the folder install_dir\SolidWorks\lang\language.
2.
Scroll through the document and note the detailed information about each type of environmental impact.
Links after each section bring you to the SolidWorks Sustainability Web site where you find more
information about this product.
3.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click here:
or open
install_dir\Samples\tutorial\Sustainability\food_processor.sldasm.
2.
Click Sustainability
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Under Material:
a.
b.
3.
Under Manufacturing:
a. In Process, select Die Casted.
b. For Region, click North America on the map.
to
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Under Task List, click Exclude to remove the component from the calculation.
The icon next to shaft gear insert changes from
included in the calculation.
to
The Message area turns green to show that you have resolved all issues on the Task List. You can
proceed with calculations.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Under Manufacturing, for Region, leave the default set to Asia on the map.
3.
Experiment by clicking different options for Primary Mode of Transportation. Notice that the
Environmental Impact dashboard updates for each choice. Click Boat, which is the best overall
choice.
c.
d.
In Amount, type 2 to indicate that the food processor uses 2 kWh throughout its lifetime.
The Environmental Impact dashboard updates to reflect the additional information about energy use.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
On the Assembly Visualization tab, click the arrow to the right of Mass and click More.
3.
4.
At the top of the Assembly Visualization tab, click Sustainability-Total Carbon to sort the components by
this parameter, from highest to lowest.
5.
In the Color dialog box, select a shade of green and click OK.
The vertical bar displays a spectrum of colors from red to green. In the graphics area, the components
change to the color that is beside their entry in the Assembly Visualization panel. The colors identify the
relative carbon footprint of the components, with the highest impact shown in red.
You can now prioritize your work to further reduce the carbon footprint, starting with the components displayed in red.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Overview
Page 1 of 1
Overview
SolidWorks Sustainability evaluates the environmental impact of a design throughout the life cycle of a product. You
can compare results from different designs to ensure a sustainable solution for the product and the environment.
This tutorial introduces SustainabilityXpress and shows how to reduce the environmental impact of a part.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Material used
Manufacturing process and region
Transportation and use region
End of life disposal
<< Overview
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Selecting a Material
Page 1 of 1
Selecting a Material
You start by activating the application and selecting a material.
1.
Click here:
or open install_dir\Samples\tutorial\Sustainability\Drive
Sled.sldprt.
2.
Click SustainabilityXpress
Under Material:
a. In Class, select Plastics.
b. In Name, select PC High Viscosity.
The software displays the part's weight. The Environmental Impact dashboard at the bottom of the Task
Pane provides real-time feedback about the environmental impact of your design.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
Under Transportation and Use, for Use Region, click North America.
Data is not available for all regions. Regions that contain data are highlighted when you hover over
them.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
The Baseline bar for each environmental impact adjusts to show the values for the selected material, PC
High Viscosity.
Next you try to find a similar material that is a better environmental choice.
2.
3.
Condition
Density
~ (Approximately)
.
5.
6.
7.
Click Accept.
The dialog box closes. In the Task Pane, under Material, Plastics Nylon 101 is the current material. The
Environmental Impact dashboard is updated.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
The size of the pieces represent the percentage contributed by the parameters to the total environmental
impact.
3.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Creating a Report
Page 1 of 1
Creating a Report
You can create a report that provides details about the environmental impact of the design, including comparisons
between the final design and the baseline design.
1.
If the report does not open, you need to add the template location. Click Tools > Options > System
Options > File Locations. In Show folders for, select Sustainability Report Template Folder,
then add the folder install_dir\SolidWorks\lang\language.
2.
Scroll through the document and note the detailed information about each type of environmental impact.
Links after each section bring you to the SolidWorks Sustainability Web site where you find more
information about this product.
3.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Introducing TolAnalyst
Analyzing Offset Tolerances
Analyzing Minimum Clearance Tolerances
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Introducing TolAnalyst
Page 1 of 1
Introducing TolAnalyst
This tutorial demonstrates using TolAnalyst to perform stack-up analysis of a simple assembly.
You learn how to:
1.
2.
3.
Before running TolAnalyst, you must use DimXpert for parts to add tolerance dimensions to the components.
The sample assembly has already been dimensioned using DimXpert.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
To ensure that the parts of the assembly are resolved when you open the assembly:
a. Click Tools > Options.
b. On the System Options tab, click Performance.
c. Under Assemblies, disable Automatically load components lightweight.
d. Click OK.
2.
Click here
or open <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\TolAnalyst\Introduction\Gear
Box.sldasm.
3.
(DimXpert toolbar).
For the Measure From field in the PropertyManager, select the shaft.
For the Measure To field, select the cut-extrude on the cover plate.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
Under Measure From and Measure To, select Max to dimension the maximum gap between the two
features.
7.
The Message box turns green, indicating you have selected sufficient entities.
8.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Select (f)Housing<1>.
In the PropertyManager, Housing-1@Gear Box is listed as the base part under Tolerance Assembly,
and as the first component under Components and Sequence.
The base's neighboring parts become transparent and appear in the PropertyManager under Neighbors.
All other parts are shown in wireframe.
3.
4.
Add the remaining parts under Components and Sequence in this order:
Worm Gear Shaft-1
Round Cover Plate-2
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
For example,
, and
means you can set a coincident type of constraint with Plane1 as the first feature
, and
Available constraint features highlight. Although the features are on the back side of the model, you can
see them because the model is transparent.
The tooltip describes the features and components constrained. It tells you the features that are listed
under Constraints when you select a constraint.
2.
, Concentric
, or Distance
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
icon changes to
To clear a selected constraint, under Constraints, right-click the constraint and select Delete. You
can also click the selected constraint tag again in the constraint callout (
, or
).
3.
4.
Click
to establish a secondary concentric constraint between the Hole Pattern1 feature on the rear
cover plate and the Hole Pattern8 feature on the housing.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
2.
Action
Constraints
Result
3.
Concentric constraint between the worm gear shaft and the hole in the cover plate.
Action
Constraints
Result
Coincident constraint between the planes of the worm gear shaft and the cover plate.
4.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Action
Constraints
Page 2 of 2
Result
6.
Action
Constraints
Result
7.
Click
Concentric constraint between the hole pattern of the cover plate and the hole pattern of the
housing.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Under Analysis Summary, the minimum gap dimension between Boss2@Worm Gear Shaft-1 and Simple
Hole1@Round Cover Plate-2 is -1.35 and the maximum gap dimension is 5. RSS values are also listed.
The Analysis Data and Display box reports on the dimensions and geometric tolerances that contribute to the
minimum and maximum dimensions.
To view the analysis results:
1.
Under Analysis Summary, click Export Results to save a summary report of the tolerance analysis
results.
3.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
To ensure that the parts of the assembly are resolved when you open the assembly:
a. Click Tools > Options.
b. On the System Options tab, click Performance.
c. Under Assemblies, disable Automatically load components lightweight.
d. Click OK.
2.
Click here
or open
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\TolAnalyst\Offset\Caster.sldasm
3.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Top_plate and select Open Part
4.
(DimXpert toolbar).
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
The part is not completely dimensioned or toleranced. TolAnalyst does not require you to fully constrain
each part to evaluate a study. However, TolAnalyst gives warning messages when the tolerance chains
required to evaluate a study are incomplete or broken.
5.
6.
7.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
(DimXpert toolbar).
b.
In the graphics area, right-click the center of the axle (Revolve1 of Axle<1>).
c.
Select Select Other and select the face of the bore on Axle_support<1>.
Refer to the graphic to ensure that you have selected the correct Axle_support<1> face.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Click
2.
b.
Select Select Other and select the face of the bore on Axle_support<2>.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
The Message box turns from yellow to green, indicating the measurement is defined.
4.
To modify the dimension to be along the Y-axis, under Measurement Direction, select
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Select Top_plate<1>.
.
The base's neighboring parts become transparent and appear in the PropertyManager under Neighbors.
All other parts are shown in wireframe.
The base part remains fixed during the evaluation and is used to establish the study's coordinate
system. All other parts are allowed to float for assembly analysis.
3.
4.
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
When you select constraints, the callouts update automatically to allow only valid selections.
The types of constraints you choose and the order in which you apply them can significantly impact the worstcase results. The assembly mates you define do not have to reflect the actual production practices.
To define the assembly constraints:
1.
Under Constraint Filters, select Use Smart Filters to hide constraints that are not within close proximity
to the considered feature.
2.
This primary constraint is a coincident constraint between the top face of the axle support and the
corresponding bottom face of the top plate.
In the PropertyManager, the constraint appears under Constraints. In the Components list,
precedes the part name.
The
appears for each part having at least one constraint. You should consider whether adding
additional constraints will affect the results. For example, since this is a simple one-dimensional study
along the Y-axis, a single constraint is sufficient. If the study were to determine the offset along the Zaxis, you would need additional constraints. When uncertain, you should fully constrain each part
where possible.
3.
4.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
The Message states that the minimum number of constraints has been applied.
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
In the PropertyManager, the Analysis Summary reports minimum and maximum dimensions of -0.67 and 0.67, and
RSS (Root Sum Square) minimum and maximum of -0.373 and 0.373. Both exceed the 0.275 requirement.
To improve these results, you can:
To determine which method to use, you need to know which variables can be changed and which cannot, and how
each change affects manufacturing, assembly, and inspection.
For example, if a part being used in the assembly is an existing or purchased part, changing its tolerance values
and/or dimension schemes may not be possible. However, it may be possible make these changes for new parts
being designed exclusively for the assembly.
In this tutorial, you reduce the tolerance value of the key contributing tolerances.
Changes you make to the tolerance values are persisted in the part. To make changes, you must have both
read and write access to the part you are editing.
Under Analysis Data and Display, the Contributors list states each contributing feature and its percent contribution
to the worst-case minimum or maximum condition. These percentages tell you which tolerance contributors to
reduce.
1.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
2.
Page 2 of 2
Under Analysis Data and Display, in the Contributors list, combine the contributions of P4@Top_Plate1 (37.31%) and P5@Top_plate-1 (37.31%).
The contribution of this surface profile tolerance to the tolerance stack is over 74%.
3.
4.
5.
In the dialog box, change the tolerance from 0.5 to 0.2 and click OK.
6.
-0.37
Max:
0.37
7.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
1.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Top_plate<1> and select Open Part
2.
3.
a.
b.
The profile tolerance now states that the two surfaces must lie within a 0.5 zone nominally located from
datum A, and additionally, lie within a common zone 0.1.
4.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 3
To ensure that the parts of the assembly are resolved when you open the assembly:
a. Click Tools > Options.
b. On the System Options tab, click Performance.
c. Under Assemblies, disable Automatically load components lightweight.
d. Click OK.
2.
Click here
or open
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\TolAnalyst\Minimum_clearance\Caster.sldasm
3.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Top_plate and click Open Part
4.
Notice the +0.25 position tolerance applied to the threaded holes on the top plate.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 3
This tolerance is added to the size of the screw (10 mm) to determine the virtual size of the threaded holes
when you compute the hole size.
5.
6.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Axle_support<1> and click Open Part
7.
The current dimension is 11 mm. This TolAnalyst study gives you the information needed to modify the
dimension to accept 10 mm screws under worst-case conditions.
8.
9.
Optionally, open the following parts and review their DimXpert dimensions:
(-) Bushing<1>
(-) Axle<1>
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 3 of 3
Although the dimensions of these parts are not affected by this TolAnalyst study, they give you a more
complete picture of the assembly.
10.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(DimXpert toolbar).
3.
The Message box turns from yellow to green, indicating the measurement is defined.
4.
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Select Axle_Support<1>.
In the PropertyManager, Axle_support-1@Caster appears as the base part under Tolerance Assembly,
and as the first component under Components and Sequence.
The base's neighboring parts become transparent and appear in the PropertyManager under Neighbors.
All other parts are shown in wireframe.
3.
Under Neighbors, or from the graphics area, select components in this order. Click Add after each
selection:
a. Bushing-1
b. Axle-1
c. Bushing-2
d. Axle_support-2
The components appear under Components and Sequence.
The Message box turns from yellow to green, indicating the measurement is defined.
4.
Click Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 2
Under Constraint Filters, select Use Smart Filters to hide constraints that are not within close proximity
to the considered feature.
2.
TolAnalyst defines a concentric constraint between the outer diameter of the bushing and the bore in
the axle support.
Constraint
B1@Bushing-1
SH1@Axle_support-1
In the PropertyManager, the constraint appears under Constraints. In the Components list,
precedes the part name.
b.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 2
TolAnalyst defines a coincident constraint between the shoulder of the bushing and the face of the
axle support.
Constraint
P2@Bushing-1
P2@Axle_support-1
A tertiary constraint is not required for parts created using revolves. These parts do not require a
rotational constraint about the part axis.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Action
Click
Constraint Because there are multiple B1 constraint callouts, ensure that the entries under Primary
Constraint-1 match these:
B1@Axle-1
SH1@Bushing-1
Result
3.
Concentric constraint between the outside diameter of the bushing and the bore in the axle
support
Action
Constraint
Click
P2@Axle-1
P1@Bushing-1
Result
Coincident constraint between the shoulder of the bushing and the face of the axle support
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select Bushing-2.
2.
Action
Constraint
SH1@Bushing-2
B2@Axle-1
Result
3.
Concentric constraint between the inside diameter of the bushing and the outside diameter of
the axle
Action
Constraint
P1@Bushing-2
P3@Axle-1
Result
Coincident constraint between the shoulder of the axle and the face of the bushing
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select Axle_support-2:
2.
Action
Constraint Because there are multiple SH1 constraint callouts, ensure that the entries under Primary
Constraint-1 match these:
SH1@Axle_support-2
B1@Bushing-2
Result
3.
Concentric constraint between the bore in the axle support and the outside diameter of the
bushing
Action
Constraint
P2@Axle_support-2
P2@Bushing-2
Result
4.
Click
Coincident constraint between the face of the axle support and the shoulder of the bushing
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
105
Min:
104.4
Max:
105.6
Review the contributing dimensions listed under Analysis Data and Display.
Information appears for the bushings and the axle.
The accumulation of the tolerances applied to the three contributors results in a max/min condition of 105
=+/- 0.6.
3.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 3
Add the worst-case tolerance stack to the virtual size of the top plate's threaded holes.
a.
b.
Determine the virtual size of the threaded holes by adding the screw size to the position tolerance of
the threaded holes on the top plate:
10.00 mm
Screw size
+0.25 mm
Position tolerance
10.25 mm
2.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Axle_support<1> and select Open Part
3.
In the graphics area, click the dimension for the clearance holes
4.
5.
6.
Click OK.
.
, select
to 0.15mm.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 2 of 3
7.
8.
Symbol
(DimXpert toolbar).
Select Position
Tolerance 1
Click Diameter
Primary
Type A.
Secondary
Type B.
Tertiary
Type D and click Maximum Material Condition
9.
10.
Click OK.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 3 of 3
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
SolidWorks Toolbox
Page 1 of 1
SolidWorks Toolbox
With SolidWorks Toolbox, you can add standard hardware components to an assembly.
To enable SolidWorks Toolbox:
1.
2.
In the dialog box, select SolidWorks Toolbox and SolidWorks Toolbox Browser, then click OK.
Toolbox Lessons
There are two lessons in this tutorial:
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Creating a Part
Page 1 of 1
Creating a Part
First, you create a part to use as a component in an assembly.
1.
2.
Standard - ISO
Size - 12.0
Click
, select points on the block for the hole locations, and click
The location of the holes does not need to exactly match the image below.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Creating an Assembly
Page 1 of 1
Creating an Assembly
Next, you create the assembly to which you will add SolidWorks Toolbox hardware components.
1.
2.
Change one of the instances to a different color so you distinguish between the two.
3.
4.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
Expand Toolbox, ISO, Bolts and Screws, Hex Bolts and Screws.
If you are prompted to configure Toolbox, see your Toolbox administrator. If you are the Toolbox
administrator, click Configure and close the Toolbox Settings wizard.
3.
Drag a Hex Screw Grade AB ISO 4014 to the graphics area of the assembly, but do not drop it yet.
4.
5.
Drop the bolt into one of the holes when the preview changes to the following:
The Hex Screw Grade AB ISO 4014 dialog box appears. The title of the dialog matches the selected
component. You set the parameters of the selected component in this dialog box.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
7.
Select 50 in Length.
8.
9.
a.
b.
In the dialog box, type tutorial bolt for Description, and click OK.
Click
Add/Update.
Because of SmartMates and Mate References on the SolidWorks Toolbox components, the software
automatically adds two mates between the block and the bolt. A Concentric mate aligns the bolt to the hole and a
Coincident mate aligns the bolt head to the block.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Drop a second fastener on the other hole of the assembly in the graphics area.
The second screw appears in the assembly. Its size parameters match the first screw because you inserted a
second instance of the same fastener without closing the PropertyManager.
2.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Rotate the view so you can see the back of the assembly.
2.
Drag a Hex Nut Grade C ISO-4034 nut into the assembly and drop it on the edge of the hole where the bolt
protrudes.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
Click
Because of SmartMates and Mate References on the SolidWorks Toolbox components, the software
automatically adds mates between the block and the nuts. A Concentric mate aligns the nut to the hole and a
Coincident mate aligns a flat face of the nut to the block.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click one of the bolts, and select Edit Toolbox Definition.
2.
The List by Description list is now blank. This is because the description you added earlier was for a bolt
with a length of 50. To easily reference the bolt with a length of 60, add a description.
3.
Click
5.
Click Save
(Standard toolbar).
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Smart Fasteners
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
On the Smart Fasteners page, for Fasteners to use with Hole Wizard holes, under Fastener:
4.
Open \samples\tutorial\toolbox\lens_mount.sldasm.
For Ansi Metric, select Hex Head, Heavy Hex Bolt - ANSI B18.2.3.6M.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
Under Automatic fastener change, clear Change stack components when fastener size is changed.
This limits the available types of washers to only those that exactly match the fastener size.
7.
Click Close
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
2.
Under Series Components, Fastener, right-click Countersunk Elevator Bolt and select Change fastener
type.
3.
4.
Click OK.
The fastener updates.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Under Properties, select 1.5 in both Length and Thread Length so the bolts are long enough for the
bottom stack fasteners.
2.
Under Series Components, for Bottom Stack, in Add to Bottom Stack, select :
Rotate the model to see the washers and nuts. Keep the PropertyManager open.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Rotate the assembly. Notice that the bottom pan cross heads are exposed.
2.
3.
Under Series Components, for Bottom Stack, in Add to Bottom Stack, select Hex Nuts - Jam
(B18.2.4.5M)
Smart Fasteners adds one jam hex nut to each pan cross head bolt.
4.
Click
5.
Note that the screws are still too long. To shorten them:
a.
In the FeatureManager design tree, right-click Smart Fastener12 and select Edit Smart Fastener.
b.
c.
Click
d.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Weldments Overview
Page 1 of 2
Weldments Overview
Weldments functionality allows you to design a weldment structure as a single part. There are two lessons in this
tutorial.
In the Weldment Parts lesson, you create the weldment shown below. The weldment includes:
Structural members
End caps
Gussets
Weld beads
In the Weldment Drawings lesson, you create a drawing for the weldment. The drawing includes:
Custom properties
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Weldments Overview
Next
Page 2 of 2
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Weldment Parts
Page 1 of 1
Weldment Parts
You use 2D and 3D sketches to define the basic framework of a weldment part. Then you add structural members
along the sketch segments. To start this lesson, open the part document Weldment_Box.sldprt, which already
contains some 2D and 3D sketches.
1.
Click here
to open Weldment_Box.sldprt, or browse to
<install_dir>\samples\tutorial\weldments\Weldment_Box.sldprt.
2.
In the FeatureManager design tree, click Sketch1, then 3DSketch1, then Sketch2. When you click each
item, the corresponding sketch segments are highlighted in the graphics area.
3.
- or
To add the Weldments toolbar to the CommandManager, right-click a tab in the CommandManager
and select Weldments from the list.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
(Weldments toolbar).
When you create the first structural member in a part, a weldment feature
is created and added to the
FeatureManager design tree. The software also creates two default configurations in the ConfigurationManager:
a parent configuration Default<As Machined> and a derived configuration Default<As Welded>.
Structural members contain one or more groups, which can be treated as a single unit. Segments in a
group can be parallel or contiguous.
2.
3.
Under Selections:
You can use the weldment profiles supplied with the software, as in the previous step, or you can
create your own custom weldment profiles. See Weldments - Creating a Custom Profile in the
SolidWorks Help.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Under Settings, select Apply corner treatment and click End Miter
The sample part in this lesson creates structural members along straight segments only. However, you can
also create structural members along curved segments .
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
All groups within a single structural member share the same profile, defined by settings under Selections.
1.
2.
Why did I create Group2, instead of making the side segments part of Group1?
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
4.
5.
Under Settings, select Apply corner treatment and click End Butt1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Zoom to the top right corner by pressing Shift + Z, then move the pointer over the corner point.
7.
The Corner Treatment dialog box appears, which lets you override the corner treatment for members of
each group that meet at this corner.
8.
Lower trim order numbers have precedence over higher numbers. For both groups, Trim Order is set to 2, so
they miter each other in the preview.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Select Set corner specific weld gaps, then in Gap between Connected Segments in Same Group
enter 5.
.
,
A weld gap allows space for the weld bead. When you specify a weld gap, the length of the segment is
decreased, keeping the overall length constant.
The preview shows the new corner treatment. The top of the vertical body is open.
13.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Repeat steps 7 through 10 to change the end condition for the bottom left corner.
15.
Cut list(12)
is added.
As you add entities to the model, they are added to the Cut list folder. The number following the Cut
list indicates how many entities are in the folder.
17.
Expand Cut list(12) to see the twelve segments of Structural Member1 listed.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Under Selections:
Because this segment has a rectangular profile, you need to check the orientation of the structural member.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Click Right
The rectangular profile of the segment is oriented vertically, so it extends above and below the existing square
segment.
3.
to 90.
4.
Click
5.
Click Trimetric
In the FeatureManager design tree, Structural Member2 appears and Cut list
is incremented.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Trim/Extend
(Weldments toolbar).
2.
3.
4.
In the graphics area, select the rectangular tube for Bodies to be Trimmed.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
In the graphics area, select the face that intersects with the rectangular tube, as shown.
7.
Rotate the model and select the inside face at the other end of the rectangular tube.
8.
Click the keep / discard toggles so that the ends of the tube are discarded and the middle is kept.
Use the keep / discard toggles to exert control over which pieces to retain or delete after trimming.
9.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
In the graphics area, select the horizontal tubes for Bodies to be Trimmed.
3.
Under Trimming Boundary, select Face / Plane and click in Face/Bodies. Then, in the graphics area,
select the faces of the vertical member, as shown.
4.
Click
The vertical member extends to the lower faces of the horizontal members.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
In the graphics area, select the vertical member for Bodies to be Trimmed.
6.
7.
Under Trimming Boundary, select Face / Plane and click in Face/Bodies. Then, in the graphics area,
select the top face of one horizontal member, as shown.
8.
Click
The vertical member is trimmed flush with the face of the top member.
9.
Repeat steps 2 through 7 to trim the lower-right corner. Rotate the model for access to the correct faces.
The four side segments are already trimmed to the front group, so you have finished trimming the model.
10.
Click
11.
Click Trimetric
12.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
3.
Under Parameters:
4.
(Weldments toolbar).
Select the two upper faces in the back corners for Face
Set Thickness
to make the end cap flush with the original extent of the
to 3.
Under Offset :
to 0.5.
to 3.
5.
Click
6.
Repeat steps 4 through 6 to cap the two lower faces in the back corner.
7.
Click
In the FeatureManager design tree, End cap1 and End cap2 appear and Cut list
is incremented.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Adding Gussets-1
Page 1 of 1
Adding Gussets
You can add gusset features between two adjoining planar faces. Gussets can have triangular or polygonal profiles.
In this lesson, you add triangular gussets to the four front corners of the weldment part.
1.
2.
Click Gusset
3.
4.
5.
Under Profile:
(Weldments toolbar).
a.
b.
c.
d.
to 50.
to 5.
You can allow room for a weld bead under the gusset by creating a chamfered gusset.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Adding Gussets-2
Page 1 of 1
7.
Click
8.
Repeat steps 4 through 7 to add gussets to the other three corners of Structural Member1, as shown. The
distances, thickness, and parameters are already set to match the first gusset.
9.
Click
through Gusset4
is incremented.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
4.
(Weldments toolbar).
a.
b.
c.
d.
to 3.
, then select the two flat faces of the structural member, as shown.
The software assigns the Intersecting Edges based on your selections for Face Set1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
a.
as in Arrow Side.
b.
Rotate the part, then select the gusset face shown for Face Set1
You can rotate the view about a selected edge. Click Rotate View
edge of the gusset, then drag to rotate the view.
c.
6.
Click
7.
Repeat steps 4 through 6 to apply fillet weld beads to the remaining three gussets.
8.
Click
In the FeatureManager design tree, Fillet Bead1 through Fillet Bead4 appear and the Cut list
incremented.
9.
is
, fillet beads are not listed as Cut-List-Items, but they remain displayed in the
folder.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Bottom
2.
To hide the weld symbols while you work on the new sketch, right-click Annotations
FeatureManager design tree, and clear Display Annotations.
3.
For the sketch plane, select a face on one of the bottom structural members as shown.
in the
To filter so that only faces are available for selection, click Toggle Selection Filter Toolbar
(Standard toolbar). Click Filter Faces
Clear All Filters
4.
Click Sketch
(Selection Filter toolbar) and select a face in the graphics area. Click
(Selection Filter toolbar) to turn off the filter, then close the Selection Filter toolbar.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
6.
Click Centerline
sides as shown.
(Sketch toolbar), and sketch a construction line between the midpoints of the vertical
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
7.
Click Select
(Standard toolbar), press and hold Ctrl, and select the line and the construction line.
8.
9.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
Click Trimetric
2.
3.
(Weldments toolbar).
Select 80 x 6 in Size.
4.
Click Right
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Select the point in the center of the top edge of the profile, as shown.
The profile location changes so that the top edge of the profile is on the sketch segment. Because the
sketch is on the bottom face of the part, the top face of the new structural member is flush with the bottom
face of the part.
7.
Click
.
In the FeatureManager design tree, Structural Member3 appears and the Cut list is incremented.
8.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Creating a Sub-Weldment-1
Page 1 of 1
Creating a Sub-Weldment
You can group related entities together into sub-weldments. Create a sub-weldment for the back of the box, to
group the four structural member segments and four end caps.
1.
2.
3.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Creating a Sub-Weldment-2
Page 1 of 1
Right-click the Sub-weldment1 folder and select Insert into New Part.
The sub-weldment opens in a new SolidWorks window and the Save As dialog box appears.
2.
Type a new name for File name or accept the default. If a message asks if you want to save the referenced
models now, click Yes.
3.
Click Trimetric
4.
5.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Weldment Drawings
Page 1 of 1
Weldment Drawings
In this lesson you create a drawing for the part you created in the Weldment Parts lesson. The drawing includes
views of the part and a cut list with custom properties.
1.
Click here
Browse to <install_dir>\samples\tutorial\weldments\Weldment_Box2.sldprt.
to open Weldment_Box2.sldprt.
2.
3.
Click New
4.
a.
b.
Click
c.
d.
5.
6.
Click
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
1.
2.
In the PropertyManager:
3.
(Annotations toolbar).
Click
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Groups identical items, such as the four gussets or the two I-beam members
Isolates items that do not belong on a cut list, such as the eight fillet beads
1.
2.
3.
Identical items are grouped together in Cut-List-Item folders, and the cut list icon changes from
4.
to
Under Cut List(31), select each cut list item to highlight the entities in the graphics area.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
b.
3.
b.
Type Back Frame for Value / Text Expression, then press Enter.
4.
Click Cut-List-Item5.
5.
Value
G9876
Gusset
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Click Cut-List-Item2.
The properties LENGTH, ANGLE1, ANGLE2, MATERIAL, and DESCRIPTION are already listed for CutList-Item2. DESCRIPTION is defined in the profile that you selected to create the structural member. The
values for LENGTH , ANGLE1, ANGLE2, are calculated by the software. MATERIAL is linked to the
material applied to the body.
7.
Add the custom property, PARTNUMBER, with the Value / Text Expression M1234-01.
8.
Repeat steps 7 and 8 for the remaining cut list items, assigning the following values for PARTNUMBER:
Cut-List-Item3: M1234-02
Cut-List-Item4: M1234-03
Cut-List-Item6: M1234-04
You can display these part numbers in the cut list that you add to the drawing.
9.
10.
Click OK.
Save the model.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
3.
4.
Click
5.
Click in the graphics area to place the cut list in the upper-left corner of the drawing sheet.
(Table toolbar).
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The Table Formatting pop-up toolbar appears. Column headers appear with column A highlighted.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
Right click in the LENGTH column, and select Insert, Column Right.
2.
3.
a.
b.
c.
Click
A new column is added to the cut list, listing the part numbers you defined for the cut list items in the part
document.
Select the PART NO. column and use the pop-up toolbar to change the font height to 12.
5.
6.
Set Column Width to 40 and Row Height to 10, then click OK.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
Click AutoBalloon
3.
4.
Click
(Annotation toolbar).
Balloons are added to the drawing view. The item number in each balloon corresponds to the item number
on the cut list.
5.
Next
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
2.
(Drawing toolbar).
4.
In
Bodies for creating view, pick the cross member in the graphics area.
Select Front in First, then select the face shown for Front.
Select Bottom in Second, then select the face shown for Bottom.
This selects the rectangular cross member and defines the front and bottom orientations of the drawing view.
5.
Click
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016
Page 1 of 1
The face you selected for Front is facing frontward, and the face you selected for Bottom is facing
downward.
7.
8.
to Weldments Overview.
mk:@MSITStore:C:\Program%20Files\SolidWorks%20Corp\SolidWorks\lang\englis... 20/04/2016